-
1 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
2 ὅπως
ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:a with ind.,ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111
;οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330
;ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301
;οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67
: sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον)ἐθέλει Od.16.208
: freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ;ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37
, Od.13.145 ;χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46
; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that,οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3
; ; .ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ; ;τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a
;τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e
(cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense,ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43
, cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc.,εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4
, cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that,τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40
; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει) , cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however,ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243
(but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ;οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143
;οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2
, cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.b with opt. after historical tenses,οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95
;ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13
; in a gnomic statement,εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979
: when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that,οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102
, cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97
, cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so alsoοὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058
; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. withἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181
, cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. withἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206
, cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted inοὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620
, cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons, ;γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32
, cf. 442, 683 ;ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98
(anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ;ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41
; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose,ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2
(V B.C.).5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600
, IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.7 sts. of Time, when,Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459
, cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever, , cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. πρῶτα
as soon as,Hes.
Th. 156 ;ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427
;ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230
.8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how,λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37
;οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49
, cf. 3.115, 116 ;τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548
, cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att.,θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20
, cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ;οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26
;οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27
, cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ;οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11
;οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12
; alsoοὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14
;οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5
;διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1
;οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42
: so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone..,πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796
; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.1 with ind.,aἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113
;εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545
;εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97
;ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26
;Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11
; , etc.b notably [tense] fut. after Verbs of deliberation (like the subj., v. infr. 2), ; φράζευ ὅπως Δαναοῖσιν ἀλεξήσεις κακὸν ἦμαρ (v.l. ἀλεξήσῃς) 9.251, cf. Od.13.376, 386, 19.557, 20.29,39.2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like ,λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110
; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.)ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225
;ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77
, cf. 13.365 ;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367
, cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ;ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3
, cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning,ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65
, cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ;μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554
, cf. 420 ;οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271
; , cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed byπῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81
(v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ;βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33
, cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper., ;φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295
;σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233
, etc.;φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618
, cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose,ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6
, cf. Pl.Prt. 326a;μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b
, Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.6 rarely c. inf.,ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37
(v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85;ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30
(ii A. D.).7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,a with [tense] fut. ind.,δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112
;παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c
;φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted,ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a
.b with [tense] aor. subj.,τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995
;φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16
: rarely with [tense] pres.,οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85
: with [tense] pres. subj.,ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d
.c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes,ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36
;ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141
; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper.,ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378
(lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ;ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77
, cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers.,ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398
, cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a
codd.;ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c
;ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20
codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and ; τιμωρήσονται and- ωνται Th.1.56
; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and- σῃ D.13.14
, etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:1 with subj.,a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper.,τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181
, cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.b after historical tenses (v.ἵνα B. 1.1b
), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ;παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73
; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses,φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22
, cf. 6.96, 7.17.2 with opt. after historical tenses,πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548
; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres.,πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450
;ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19
: after opt.,ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297
, cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).3 with ind.,a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled,εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196
, cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose,ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21
; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20;οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135
; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ;[χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43
;ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316
: sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined,σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265
.II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf.,λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19
;αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12
; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ;ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29
; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖναὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127
( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): withἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060
, cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ;διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27
; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ;δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108
. -
3 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
. -
4 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------ -
5 βαίνω
βαίνω (inf.Aβαίμεναι Hsch.
), [tense] fut.βήσομαι Il.2.339
, etc., [dialect] Dor.βᾱσεῦμαι Theoc.2.8
, etc.: [tense] pf.βέβηκα Il.15.90
, etc., [dialect] Dor.βέβᾱκα Pi.I.4(3).41
, etc., with shortd. formsβεβάᾱσι Il.2.134
, [var] contr. (lyr.), Eu.76, etc.; subj. βεβῶσι ([etym.] ἐμ-) Pl.Phdr. 252e; inf.βεβάμεν Il.17.359
, (lyr.); part.βεβαώς, -αυῖα Il.14.477
, Hom.Epigr.15.10, [var] contr. βεβώς: [tense] plpf.ἐβεβήκειν Il.11.296
, etc., [dialect] Ep.βεβήκειν 6.495
; sync. [ per.] 3pl.βέβᾰσαν 17.286
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἔβην Il. 17.112
, etc., [dialect] Dor.ἔβᾱν Pi.O.13.97
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.βῆ Il.13.297
, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3 dual βάτην [ᾰ] 1.327, [ per.] 3pl.ἔβαν A.Pers.18
(lyr.), ([etym.] κατ-) S.Tr. 504 (lyr.), [dialect] Ep.βάν Il.20.32
; imper. βῆθι, [dialect] Dor. (lyr.); βᾱ in compds. ἔμβα, κατάβα, etc., [ per.] 2pl. , Eu. 1033 (lyr.); subj. βῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. βήῃ ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Il.9.501,βήω 6.113
, (Cret.), [dialect] Dor. βᾶμες (for βῶμεν) Theoc.15.22; opt. βαίην; inf. βῆναι ([dialect] Att. Prose only in compds.), [dialect] Ep.βήμεναι Od.19.296
, [dialect] Dor.βᾶμεν Pi.P.4.39
; part. βάς βᾶσα βάν, [dialect] Dor. pl.ἐκ-βῶντας Th.5.77
:— [voice] Med., [dialect] Ep.[tense] aor.1 ἐβήσετο ([etym.] ἀπ-) Il.1.428:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres. (v. infr.A.11.1): in compds., [tense] aor. ἀν-, παρ-, ξυν-εβάθην, X.Eq.3.4, Th.3.67, 4.30; laterπαρ-εβάνθην D.C.48.2
,al.; ἀνα-, παρα-, ξυμ-βέβᾰμαι, X.Eq.Mag.1.4, Th.1.123, 8.98;παρα-βέβασμαι D.17.12
: [tense] fut. παρα-βαθήσομαι Sch.E. Hec. 802.—For the [voice] Act. [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1, v. infr. B; for [tense] pres. part. βιβάς, v. βίβημι.—In correct [dialect] Att. Prose the [tense] pres. βαίνω is almost the only tense in use; but in compds. Prose writers used all tenses freely.A in the above tenses,I intr., walk, step, prop. of motion on foot,ποσὶ βήσετο Il.5.745
, etc.; but also of all motion on ground, the direction being commonly determined by a Prep.:—the kind of motion is often marked by a part., βῆ φεύγων, βῆ ἀΐξασα, Il.2.665, 4.74: c. part. [tense] fut., denoting purpose, βῆ ῥ' Ἶσον.. ἐξεναρίξων he went to slay, Il.11.101: with neut. Adj. as Adv.,σαῦλα ποσὶν β. h.Merc.28
;ἁβρὸν β. παλλεύκῳ ποδί E.Med. 1164
, cf. 830 (lyr.); ἴσα or ὁμοίως β. τινί, D.19.314, X.Eq.1.3;ἐν ποικίλοις β. A.Ag. 936
, cf. 924; march or dance, μετὰ ῥυθμοῦ, ἐν ῥυθμῷ, Th.5.70, Pl.Lg. 670b: freq. c. inf. in Hom., βῆ δ' ἰέναι set out to go, went his way, Il.4.199, etc.;βῆ δ' ἴμεν 5.167
, etc.; βῆ δὲ θέειν started to run, 2.183, etc.;βῆ δ' ἐλάαν 13.27
: c. acc. loci,νέας Od.3.162
, cf. S.OT 153 (lyr.), OC 378; ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινεν was going on board ship, Od.11.534; butἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ [νηῒ].. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον
were on board,Il.
2.510; ἐφ' ἵππων βάντες having mounted the chariot, 18.532; ἐπὶ πώλου βεβῶσα mounted on.., S.OC 313;ἐς δίφρον Il.5.364
; ; βαίνειν δι' αἵματος wade in blood, Id.Ph. 20.2 in [tense] pf., stand or be in a place,χῶρος ἐν ᾧ βεβήκαμεν S.OC52
; βεβηκὼς σφόδρα firmly poised (opp. κρεμάμενος) Pl.Ti. 62c; β. μάχη steady fight, Plu.Phil.9: freq. almost, = εἰμί ( sum), εὖ βεβηκώς on a good footing, well established, prosperous, [θεοὶ] εὖ βεβηκότας ὑπτίους κλίνουσ' Archil.56.3
;τυραννίδα εὖ βεβηκυῖαν Hdt.7.164
, cf. S.El. 979; εὖ βίου βεβηκότα prob. forἐν βίῳ βεβιωκότα Nicom.
Com.2;ἀσφαλέως βεβηκὼς ποσσί Archil.58.4
;ἐπισφαλῶς βεβ. LXX Wi.4.4
;ἄγαλμα βεβηκὸς ἄνω τὰ κάτω δὲ κεχηνός Eub.107.23
; οἱ ἐν τέλει ἐόντες, βεβῶτες, they who arein office, Hdt.9.106, S.Ant.67; τοῦτον οὐχ ὁρῇς ὅκως βέβη-[κεν] ἀνδριάντα; Herod.4.36; [λίθους] ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις χώραις βεβηκότας IG7.3073.163
(Lebad.);ἐν κακοῖς βεβ. S.El. 1057
; μοίρᾳ οὐκ ἐν ἐσθλᾷ β. ib. 1095 (lyr.); βοῦς, κλεὶς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ βέβηκεν, v. βοῦς IV,κλείς 4
;φρόνει βεβὼς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τύχης S.Ant. 996
.b Geom. of figures, stand on a base, , cf. Apollon.Perg.Con.3.3; *Stereom.1.31; of an angle, stand on an arc, ἐπί τινος, πρός τινι, Euc.3Def.9, cf. 16.26.c βεβηκὼς ῥυθμός stately rhythm, Syrian.in Hermog.1p.69R.; ἀνάπαυσις ib.p.18 R.3 go away, depart,ἐν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδ' Il.12.16
; ἔβαν ἄγοντες, ἔβαν φέρουσαι, have gone and taken away, 1.391, 2.302;ἄφαρ βέβακεν S.Tr. 134
;θανάσιμος βέβηκεν Id.OT 959
, cf. 832;βεβᾶσι φροῦδοι E.IT 1289
; βέβηκα euphem. for τέθνηκα, A.Pers. 1002 (lyr.); of things, ἐννέα ἐνιαυτοὶ βεβάασι nine years have come and gone, Il.2.134; πῇ ὅρκια βήσεται; ib. 339, cf. 8.229.6 c. part. as periphr. for [tense] fut.,βαίνω καταγγέλλων PMag.Par.1.2474
.II c. acc., mount, Hom. only in [tense] aor. [voice] Med.βήσασθαι δίφρον Il.3.262
, Od.3.481: in [voice] Act. ([tense] fut. part. [voice] Med.βησόμενος Them.Or.21.248b
), of the male, mount, cover, Pl.Phdr. 250e, Achae.28, Arist.HA 575a13, etc.:—in [voice] Pass., ἵπποι βαινόμεναι brood mares, Hdt.1.192.2 c. acc. cogn.,β. Δωρίαν κέλευθον ὕμνων Pi.Fr. 191
;Καλλαβίδας Eup.163
; ἔβα ῥόον went down stream, i.e. died, Theoc.1.140.b metaph. of metre, scan, D.H.Comp.21 ([voice] Pass.), Aristid. Quint.1.23,24, etc.; is scanned,Arist.
Metaph. 1093a30.3 χρέος ἔβα με debts came on me, Ar.Nu.30;ὀδύνα μ' ὀδύνα βαίνει E.Hipp. 1371
(lyr.).4 Poet. with acc. of the instrument of motion,βαίνειν πόδα E.El.94
, 1173 (lyr.).5 βαίνειν· φιλεῖν, κολακεύειν, Hsch.B Causal, in [tense] fut. βήσω, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Il.8.197, ([etym.] εἰς-) E.IT 742: [tense] aor. 1 ἔβησα—make to go, φῶτας βῆσεν ἀφ' ἵππων he made them dismount, Il.16.810; ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων βῆσε κακῶς he brought them down from the chariot in sorry plight, 5.164;ὄφρα βάσομεν ὄκχον Pi.O. 6.24
.—Rare in Trag. (exc. in compds.), E.Med. 209 (lyr.).—The simple Verb is uncommon in later Gr. (For βάμ-yω, cf. Lat. venio, Skt. gamyáte; βάσκω corresponds to Skt. gácchati (g[uglide]ṃ-sk-); root g[uglide]em- in OHG. quëman 'come'; ἔβην, βήσομαι fr. root g[uglide]ā-, Skt. jigāti, [tense] aor. ágāt.) -
6 λύω
λύω, poet. imper.Aλῦθι Pi.Fr.85
: [tense] fut. λύσω [ῡ] Il.1.29, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλῡσα 18.244
, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλῠκα Th.7.18
, Ar.V. 992 ( ἀπο-), etc.:— [voice] Pass., [tense] pf.λέλῠμαι Il.8.103
, etc.: [tense] plpf. ἐλελύμην [ῠ] Od.22.186, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐλύθην, [dialect] Ep. λύθην [ῠ] 8.360, E.Hel. 860, Th.2.103, etc.: [tense] fut. , Isoc.12.116, etc., also λελύσομαι [ῡ] D.14.2, X. Cyr.6.2.37 ( ἀπο-): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass. λύμην [ῠ] Il.21.80; λύτο [ῠ] ib. 114, butλῦτο 24.1
(at beginning of line, v.l. λύτο);λύντο 7.16
: also [ per.] 3sg. opt. [tense] pf.λελῦτο Od.18.238
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.λύσομαι Il.1.13
, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐλυσάμην 14.214
: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. λέλῦμαι in med. sense, D.36.45, Arist.Rh. 1400a22 (cf. δια-, κατα-λύω): [tense] fut. λύσομαι in pass. sense, ( δια-) Th.2.12, ( ἐπι-) Lys.25.33 codd. ( καταλύσεσθαι edd.), ( κατα-) X.Cyr.1.6.9.—Homer uses all tenses exc. [tense] pf. [voice] Act., [tense] pres. and [tense] fut. [voice] Pass. [In [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [pron. full] ῡ always in [dialect] Att., [pron. full] ῠ mostly in [dialect] Ep., though Hom. has [pron. full] ῡ twice,ἔλῡεν Il.23.513
, λῡει Od.7.74; also in compds.,ἀλλῡεσκεν 2.105
, ἀλλῡουσαν ib. 109: in [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1 [pron. full] ῡ always: in other tenses [pron. full] ῠ always, exc. in the forms λελῦτο, λῦτο (v. supr.).] (Cf. Lat. luo (pay), re-luo, solvo (for se-luo), solūtus, etc.):— loosen:I of things, unbind, unfasten, esp. clothes and armour, λῦσε δέ οἱ ζωστῇρα, θώρηκα, Il.4.215, 16.804; λ. παρθενίην ζώνην loose the maiden-girdle, of the husband after marriage, Od. 11.245; of the wife,λύοι χαλινὸν ὑφ' ἥρωϊ παρθενίας Pi.I.8(7).48
; ; soἔλυσας.. ἅγνευμα σόν Id.Tr. 501
; freq. of the tackling of ships, λ. πρυμνήσια, ἱστία, λαῖφος, etc., Od.2.418, 15.496, 552, h.Ap. 406, etc. (never in Il.); λ. πρύμνας, νεῶν πόδα, E.Hec. 539, 1020, etc.: abs., λύειν, of ships, set sail,λῦε, κυβερνήτα APl.1.6
*.9 ([place name] Panteleus); ἀσκὸν λ. untie a skin (used as a bag), Od.10.47: freq. in Trag., λ. στολάς, πέπλον, S.OC 1597, Tr. 924; λ. ἡνίαν slacken the rein, Id.El. 743; κλῄθρων λυθέντων when the gates have been opened, A.Th. 396; λ. γράμματα, δέλτον, open a letter, E.IA38 (anap.), 307; λ. πέδας, δεσμά, A.Eu. 645 ([voice] Pass.), E.HF 1123; ; ἀρτάνας.. δέρης ἔλυσαν loosed it from my neck, ib. 876, cf. E.Hipp. 781:—[voice] Med., ἀπὸ στήθεσφιν ἐλύσατο κεστὸν ἱμάντα undid her belt, Il.14.214; but λύοντο τεύχεα they undid the armour for themselves, i.e. stripped it off (others), 17.318; later λυσαμένα πλοκαμῖδας unbinding her hair, Bion 1.20, etc.b in various phrases, στόμα λ. open the mouth, E.Hipp. 1060, Isoc.12.96;γλώσσας λ. εἰς αἰσχροὺς μύθους Critias 6.9
D.; λ. βλεφάρων ἕδραν wake up, E.Rh.8 (anap.); λ. ὀφρύν unfold the brow, Id.Hipp. 290;λ. ἄχος ἀπ' ὀμμάτων S.Aj. 706
(lyr.), etc.2 of living beings,a of horses, etc., unyoke, unharness, opp. ζεύγνυμι, Od.4.35; ἐξ ὀχέων, ὑπὲξ ὀχέων, Il.5.369,8.504;ὑφ' ἅρμασιν 18.244
;ὑπὸ ζυγοῦ Od.4.39
:ὑπὸ ζυγόφιν Il.24.576
;ὑπ' ἀπήνης Od.7.6
(also in [voice] Med., μὴ.. ὑπ' ὄχεσφι λυώμεθα μώνυχας ἵππους unyoke our horses, Il. 23.7; ); λύε μώνυχας ἵππους loosed them, Il.10.498; λ. κύνα let him loose, X.Cyn.6.13, etc.b of men, release, deliver, esp. from bonds or prison, and so, generally, from difficulty or danger, Il.15.22, Od.8.345, 12.53, D.24.206, etc.; ὁ λύσων he that shall deliver, A.Pr. 771, 785: c. gen. rei,τὸν.. θεοὶ κακότητος ἔλυσαν Od.5.397
, cf. Pi.P.3.50, etc.;λ. τινὰ δεσμῶν A.Pr. 1006
; ;τὼ.. ἐκ δεσμοῖο λύθεν Od.8.360
, cf. Pi.O.4.23, A.Pr. 873, E.Hipp. 1244, Pl.R. 360c; also λ. δόμους ἁβρότατος rob the house of.., Pi.P.11.34; λ. τινὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς depose him from.., D.S.13.92:—[voice] Med., prop. get one loosed or set free,λύσασθαί τινα δυσφροσυνάων Hes.Th. 528
;ὅσπερ Ἰὼ πημονᾶς ἐλύσατο A.Supp. 1065
(lyr.):—[voice] Pass.,λυθῆναι τὰς πέδας D.S.17.116
; λέλυται γὰρ λαὸς ἐλεύθερα βάζειν, ὡς ἐλύθη ζυγὸν ἀλκᾶς has been let loose to speak, since the yoke was loosed, A.Pers. 592 (lyr.).c of prisoners, release on receipt of ransom, admit to ransom, release, Il.1.29, 24.137, 555, etc.;λ. τινά τινι 1.20
, 24.561, Od.10.298; Σαρπηδόνος ἔντεα καλὰ λύσειαν would give them up, Il.17.163; in full,λ. τινὰ ἀποίνων 11.106
;χρημάτων μεγάλων Hdt.2.135
([voice] Pass.);ἀνὴρ ἀντ' ἀνδρὸς λυθείς Th.5.3
:—[voice] Med., release by payment of ransom, get a person released, redeem, Il.1.13, 24.118, al., Od.10.284, 385, Pl.Mx. 243c, D.19.229;λύσασθαί τινας ἐκ πολεμίων Lys.12.20
;ἵππον X.An.7.8.6
;ὅσους αὐτὸς ἐλυσάμην τῶν αἰχμαλώτων D.19.169
;λ. τινὶ τὸ χωρίον Id.50.28
; ἑαυτοὺς λ. pay their own ransom, Id.19.169; buy from a pimp, Ar.V. 1353.d λελύσθαι τῶν νόμων, = Lat. legibus solvi, D.C.53.18.II resolve a whole into its parts, dissolve, break up, λ. ἀγορήν dissolve the assembly, Il.1.305;ἀγορὰς ἠμὲν λύει ἠδὲ καθίζει Od.2.69
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,λῦτο δ' ἀγών Il.24.1
;μὴ λυθείη ἡ στρατιά X.Cyr.6.1.2
; πρὶν <ἂν>.. ἡ ἀγορὰ ( market)λυθῇ Id.Oec. 12.1
;λυθείσης τῆς συνουσίας Plb.5.15.3
.2 of concrete objects, σπάρτα λέλυνται, i. e. have rotted, Il.2.135;ῥαφαὶ δ' ἐλέλυντο ἱμάντων Od.22.186
; λ. τὴν σχεδίην break it up, Hdt.4.97; [ τὴν γέφυραν] X. An.2.4.17; τὴν ἀπόφραξιν ib.4.2.25.3 esp. of physical strength, loosen, i. e. weaken, relax, λῦσε δὲ γυῖα made his limbs slack or loose, i. e. killed him, Il.4.469, al.;ὅς τοι γούνατ' ἔλυσα 22.335
; , etc.;ἀλλά οἱ αὖθι λῦσε μένος 16.332
;πέλεκυς λῦσεν.. βοὸς μένος Od.3.450
, cf. Il.17.29; but οἵ μοι καμάτῳ.. γούνατ' ἔλυσαν made my knees weak with toil, Od.20.118:—[voice] Pass., λύντο δὲ γυῖα, etc., as the effect of death, sleep, weariness, fear, Il. 7.16, etc.;καμάτῳ φίλα γυῖα λέλυντο 13.85
, cf. Od.8.233;αὐτοῦ λύτο γούνατα καὶ φίλον ἦτορ Il.21.114
, 425;λύθη ψυχή τε μένος τε 5.296
, etc.;λύθεν δέ οἱ ἅψεα πάντα Od.4.794
, 18.189;λέλυται γυίων ῥώμη A.Pers. 913
(anap.);λύεται δέ μου μέλη E.Hec. 438
;λέλυμαι μελέων σύνδεσμα Id.Hipp. 199
(anap.).b λύει βλέφαρα closes her eyes in sleep, S.Ant. 1302.c metaph.,λ. τὴν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς πρὸς μάχην παρασκευήν X.HG7.5.22
.4 undo, bring to naught, destroy,πολίων κάρηνα Il.9.25
;Τροίης κρήδεμνα 16.100
, Od.13.388, cf. B.Fr.16.7: generally, put an end to,νείκεα Il.14.205
;μελεδήματα 23.62
;ἔριν E.Ph.81
, AP9.316.12 (Leon.);πόλεμον Th.5.31
;ἐπιμομφάν Pi.O.10(11).9
;μέμψιν Democr.271
; ; φόβον καὶ τὴν ὑποψίαν Polystr.p.7 W., cf. Epicur.Sent.12; ;ἀνάγκας E.Supp.39
; βίον, i.e. die, Id.IT 692; αἰῶν' ἔλυσε, i.e. died, B.1.43;λ. τὸ τέλος βίον S.OC 1720
(lyr.); μαχας Ar. Pax 991 (anap.);νοσήματα Diocl.Fr.35
([voice] Pass.), cf. Gal.6.476;κόπους Dsc.Eup.1.220
; forgive,ἁμαρτήματα LXXJb.42.9
.b in Prose, λ. νόμους repeal or annul laws, Hdt.3.82, D.3.10, Arist.Pol. 1269a15; οὐθὲν τῶν περὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ib. 1298b31;λ. ψήφῳ τὸ παράνομον Aeschin. 3.197
([voice] Pass.), etc.;ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδὰς λελύσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποψία X.An.3.1.21
; rescind a vote,ψῆφον λύει ὁ νόμος D.24.2
; revoke a will,διαθήκην Is.6.33
, etc. (but in [voice] Pass., to be opened, of a will, POxy.715.19 (ii A. D.), etc.); unbind a spell, Iamb.Myst.3.27:—[voice] Pass., λέλυται πάντα all ties are broken, all is in confusion, D.25.25.c as a technical term, solve a difficulty, a problem, a question,λύεται ἡ ἀπορία Pl.Prt. 324e
, al.;λ. ζήτημα Gal.6.436
.f λ. τὴν φάσιν, of the Moon, pass out of, Vett. Val.134.1, cf. 2.5 break a legal agreement or obligation,τὸν νόμον Hdt.6.106
;τὰς σπονδάς Th.1.23
, 78, cf. 4.23, al.;τὰ συγκείμενα Lys.6.41
; σίς κε τὰς ϝρήτας τάσδε λύση whoso breaks this agreement, Inscr.Cypr.135.29 H.6 in physical sense, dissolve, λύθεν, opp. πάγεν, Emp.15.4; τὸ θερμὸν λύει, opp. πήγνυσι, Arist.Mete. 384b11, cf. 382b33 ([voice] Pass.);ἀμμωνιακὸν ὄξει λύσας Gal.11.106
; melt,παγείσας χιόνας Hdn.8.4.2
;τι πυρὶ λ. Hippiatr.52
.7 of medicines,λ. τὴν κοιλίαν Arist.Pr. 863b29
, cf. Hp.Acut.(Sp.)38, Diocl.Fr.140; so of the effects of terror, Arist.Pr. 877a32 ([voice] Pass.).IV atone for, make up for,τὰς πρότερον ἁμαρτίας Ar.Ra.
691;λύσων ὅσ' ἐξήμαρτον S.Ph. 1224
;λ. φόνον φόνῳ Id.OT 101
, E. Or. 511;αἱ πρόσοδοι λύουσι τἀναλώματα Diph.32.5
:—[voice] Med.,τῶν πάλαι πεπραγμένων λύσασθ' αἷμα.. δίκαις A.Ch. 804
(lyr.).V μισθὸν λύειν pay wages in full, quit oneself of them, used only in cases of obligation, X.Ages.2.31.2 τέλη λύειν, = λυσιτελεῖν, pay, profit. avail, ἔνθα μὴ τέλη λύει φρονοῦντι where it boots not to be wise, S.OT 316: but more freq. λύει without τέλη, construed like λυσιτελεῖ, abs.,λύει δ' ἄλγος E.Med. 1362
, cf. PSI4.400.16: c. dat. pers., , cf.Hipp. 441: c. inf., πῶς οὖν λύει.. ἐπιβάλλειν; Id.Med. 1112 (anap.); ἐμοί τελύειτοῖσιμέλλουσιν τέκνοις τὰ ζῶντ' ὀνῆσαι it is good for me to benefit my living children by means of those to come, ib. 566; (ii B.C.): c. acc. et inf., λύει γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐδέν, οὐδ' ἐπωφελεῖ,.. θανεῖν it is not expedient that we should die ( οὐδ' ἐπωφελεῖ being parenthetic), S.El. 1005;οὐ γάρ με λύει.. κακορροθεῖσθαι E.Sthen.Prol.35
; cf. λυσιτελέω. -
7 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
8 εἰ
1εἰ (Hom.+)① marker of a condition, existing in fact or hypothetical, if (B-D-F §371f, neg. §428, 1; 2; Rob., indexes; JBoyer, Grace Theological Journal 2, ’81, 75–141, marker of a ‘simple, logical connection between protasis and apodosis’).ⓐ w. the indic.α. in all tenses, to express a condition thought of as real or to denote assumptions relating to what has already happened εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ if you really are the Son of God Mt 4:3; sim. 5:29f; 6:23; 8:31; Ac 5:39. εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ if you call yourself a Judean Ro 2:17. εἰ κατακαυχᾶσαι, οὐ σὺ βαστάζεις if you do boast, (remember) you do not support 11:18 al. In Paul the verb is freq. missing, and is to be supplied fr. the context: εἰ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν (sc. ἐστιν), τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρόν (sc. ἐστιν) 8:10. εἰ τέκνα (sc. ἐστέ) if you are children, then … vs. 17, εἰ χάριτι (γέγονεν), οὐκέτι ἐξ ἔργων 11:6 al. The negative in clauses where the reality of the condition is taken for granted is οὐ (earlier Gk. μή [for exception s. Goodwin p. 138f]; s. B-D-F §428, 1): εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν Mt 26:42. εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀφίετε Mk 11:25 [26] v.l. εἰ πιστοὶ οὐκ ἐγένεσθε Lk 16:11f; εἰ οὐκ ἀκούουσιν vs. 31. εἰ οὐ φοβοῦμαι Lk 18:4; cp. J 5:47; 10:37; Ro 8:9; 11:21; 1 Cor 7:9; 9:2; 11:6; 15:13ff, 29, 32; 16:22 al. εἰ is rarely found w. the future εἰ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται Mt 26:33; Mk 14:29; εἰ ἀρνησόμεθα 2 Ti 2:12 (cp. Just., A I, 31, 6 εἰ μὴ ἀρνοῖντο Ἰησοῦν); εἰ ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Pt 2:20; εἰ καὶ οὐ δώσει (class. ἐὰν καὶ μὴ δῷ B-D-F §372, 3; Rob. 1012) Lk 11:8. W. aor., when events are regarded as having taken place Mt 24:22; Mk 3:26; 13:20.β. w. the pres., impf., aor., or plpf. indic. to express an unreal (contrary to fact) condition (B-D-F §360; 372; Rob. 1012ff). ἄν is usu. found in the apodosis (regularly in class.) εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σίδωνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις, πάλαι ἂν μετενόησαν if the wonders had been done in T. and S., they would have repented long ago Mt 11:21. εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers 23:30. εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης if the master of the house had known 24:43 (cp. Just., A I, 12, 2 εἰ … ταῦτα ἐγίνωσκον; 18, 1 al.) εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἄν if he were a prophet, he would know Lk 7:39 al. The pres. indic. εἰ ἔχετε (v.l. εἴχετε) πίστιν … ἐλέγετε ἄν if you had faith … you would say Lk 17:6. Somet. ἄν is lacking in the apodosis (Polyaenus 2, 3, 5 εἰ ἐπεποιήκειμεν … νῦν ἐχρῆν=if we had done … it would have been necessary; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 16, 18 [II B.C.]; PRein I, 7 [II B.C.]; POxy 526, 10; 530, 8 and 17; Just., A I, 10, 6; 11:2 al.—PMelcher, De sermone Epict., diss. Halle 1905, 75; Mlt. 200f) εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο if this man were not from God, he would not have been able to … J 9:33. εἰ μὴ ἦλθον, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν if I had not come, they would not have sin 15:22; cp. vs. 24. W. the apodosis placed first Mk 9:42 (v.l. περιέκειτο), Lk 17:2; J 19:11.ⓑ εἰ w. subj., as καὶ εἴ τις θελήσῃ Rv 11:5 (s. 7 below), is unusual, perh. a textual error; B-D-F §372, 3 conjectures κἄν for καὶ εἰ. But εἰ w. subj. is found in the older poets and Hdt. (Kühner-G. II 474), in Aristoph., Equ. 698 et al., in var. dialects (EHermann, Griech. Forschungen I 1912, 277f) and in later times (e.g. Epict., Vett. Val., Lucian [ed. CJacobitz, Index graec. 473a]; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. p. 84, 28; 197, 9; ins [Rdm.2 199]; PRyl 234, 12; POxy 496, 11; Dt 8:5); B-D-F §372, 3; Mlt. 187; Reinhold 107; OSchulthess, AKaegi Festschr. 1919, 161f.ⓒ εἰ w. the optative is rare: εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε … μακάριοι even if you should suffer, … you would be blessed 1 Pt 3:14. εἰ θέλοι (v.l. θέλει) τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ if it should be God’s will vs. 17. εἴ τι ἔχοιεν (sc. κατηγορεῖν; cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 εἰ … μηδὲν ἔχοι τις ἐλέγχειν) πρὸς ἐμέ if they should have any charges to bring against me Ac 24:19. εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη (Jos., Ant. 12, 12) if it should be possible 20:16 (but s. B-D-F §385, 2; Just., A II, 15, 2 εἰ δύναιντο). εἰ τύχοι is used as a formula (oft. in later wr., incl. Philo; s. KReik, D. Opt. bei Polyb. u. Philo 1907, 154; Just., A I, 27, 3) it may be, for example, perhaps 1 Cor 15:37; used to tone down an assertion which may be too bold 14:10 (Lucian, Icar. 6 καὶ πολλάκις, εἰ τύχοι, μηδὲ ὁπόσοι στάδιοι Μεγαρόθεν Ἀθήναζέ εἰσιν, ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενοι ‘and many times, so it appears, not even knowing how many stades it is from Megara to Athens’).② marker of an indirect question as content, that (Kühner-G. II 369, 8; Rob. 965. Cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §283 ἀγανακτέω εἰ=be exasperated that; Sir 23:14 θελήσεις εἰ μὴ ἐγεννήθης; 2 Macc 14:28; 4 Macc 2:1; 4:7. S. on θαυμάζω 1aγ) ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν he was surprised that he was already dead Mk 15:44a. μὴ θαυμάζετε εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος do not wonder that the world hates you 1J 3:13; θαυμαζόντων …, εἰ τοσαύτη σπουδὴ ἦν τοῦ συλληφθῆναι that there was such interest in arresting MPol 7:2; AcPlCor 2:2 (cp. Just., A II, 8, 3 οὐδὲν … θαυμαστόν, εἰ). Sim. also (Procop. Soph., Ep. 123 χάριν ἔχειν εἰ=that) μαρτυρόμενος … εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός testifying … that the Christ was to suffer (s. πάσχω 3aα) Ac 26:23.—οὐ μέγα εἰ it is not surprising that 2 Cor 11:15 (cp. Aeschin., In Ctes. 94 ἐστὶ δεινὸν εἰ; Diod S 23, 15, 5, παράδοξον … εἰ=incredible … that; ibid. θαυμαστὸν εἰ; Gen 45:28 μέγα μοί ἐστιν εἰ).— That is also poss. after verbs of knowing or not knowing, e.g. J 9:25; Ac 19:2b; 1 Cor 1:16; 7:16; so CBurchard, ZNW 52, ’61, 73–82 but s. 5bα.③ marker in causal clauses, when an actual case is taken as a supposition, where we also can use if instead of since: εἰ τὸν χόρτον … ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν if God so clothes the grass Mt 6:30; Lk 12:28; cp. Mt 7:11; Lk 11:13; J 7:23; 10:35; 13:14, 17, 32; Ac 4:9; 11:17; Ro 6:8; 15:27; Col 2:20; Hb 7:15; 1 Pt 1:17; 1J 4:11.④ marker of strong or solemn assertion, without apodosis (=in aposiopesis; B-D-F §482; Rob. 1203) εἰ ἔγνως if you only knew Lk 19:42. εἰ βούλει παρενέγκαι if you would only let (this) pass 22:42 v.l. (cp. the letter fr. IV B.C. in Dssm., LO 120, note 5 [LAE 149]).—Hebraistic in oaths, like אִם: may this or that happen to me, if … (cp. 2 Km 3:25; GBuchanan, HTR 58, ’65, 319–24); this amounts to a strong negation certainly not (cp. Ps 7:4f; Gen 14:23) ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν εἰ δοθήσεται truly, I tell you, it will not be given Mk 8:12 (NColeman, JTS 28, 1927, 159–67 interprets this as strongly positive; against him FBurkitt, ibid. 274–76). εἰ εἰσελεύσονται they shall certainly not enter Hb 3:11; 4:3, 5 (all 3 Ps 94:11); B-D-F §372, 4; 454, 5; Mlt-H. 468f; Rob. 94; 1024.⑤ marker of direct and indirect questions (without particle following)ⓐ (not in earlier Gk., B-D-F §440, 3; Rob. 916) w. direct questions (Gen 17:17; 44:19; Am 3:3–6; 6:12; TestAbr A 15 p.96, 8 [Stone p. 40]; 18 p. 100, 13 [St. p. 48]): εἰ ἔξεστιν; is it permitted, may one? Mt 12:10; 19:3 (cp. Mk 10:2); Lk 14:3 v.l.; Ac 21:37; 22:25. εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι; are there only a few who will be saved? Lk 13:23; cp. Mk 8:23; Lk 22:49; Ac 1:6; 7:1; 19:2a. Cp. 6aβ.ⓑ freq. in indir. questions whether (Hom. et al.)α. w. pres. indic. (Gen 27:21; 42:16; TestJob 31:1; Jos., Ant. 10, 259; 16, 225; Ar 8, 1; Just., A I, 2, 2; A II, 2, 10) εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός whether you are the Christ Mt 26:63. εἰ ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν whether he is a sinner J 9:25; εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἔστιν whether there is a holy spirit Ac 19:2b (s. 2 above). ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται Mt 27:49; Mk 15:36 (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 3 φέρʼ ἴδω εἰ=let me see whether, Merc. Cond. 6); cp. Mk 10:2; Lk 14:31; 1 Cor 3:12; 2 Cor 13:5; 1J 4:1.—W. the fut. indic. (4 Km 1:2; Job 5:1) εἰ θεραπεύσει αὐτόν whether he would heal him Mk 3:2 (v.l. θεραπεύει); Lk 6:7 v.l.; εἰ σώσεις whether you will save 1 Cor 7:16.—W. the aor. indic. (Esth 4:14; w. plpf. Just., D. 56, 2) εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν whether he had already died Mk 15:44b; εἰ ἐβάπτισα 1 Cor 1:16.β. w. subj. διώκω εἰ καταλάβω I press on (to see) whether I can capture Phil 3:12 (B-D-F §368; 375; Rob. 1017).γ. w. opt. (X., An. 1, 8, 15; 2, 1, 15; 4 Macc 9:27; 11:13) ἀνακρίνοντες … εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα examining … to see whether this was really so Ac 17:11. εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι 25:20; cp. 17:27.⑥ In combination w. other particles, w. the other particles foll.ⓐ εἰ ἄραα. expressing possibility if, indeed; if, in fact; whether (perhaps) (X., An. 3, 2, 22; SIG 834, 12; Gen 18:3; s. B-D-F §454, 2) 1 Cor 15:15 (εἴπερ ἄρα); Hv 3, 4, 3; 3, 7, 5; Hs 6, 4, 1; 8, 3, 3; 9, 5, 7; AcPt Ox 849, 6.β. introducing a direct question εἰ ἄρα ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; is it (really) so? Ac 7:1 v.l.; indirect qu. on the chance that (PPetr II, 13 [19] 9 ‘should you find it impossible’; Num 22:11) Mk 11:13; Ac 5:8 D; 8:22; in the hope that 17:27 (εἰ ἄρα γε); AcPt Ox 849, 2; 22. Cp. εἰ δέ … ; What if …? Ac 23:9.ⓑ εἴ γε if indeed, inasmuch as (Kühner-G. II 177c) Eph 3:2; 4:21; Col 1:23. τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ; εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ have you experienced so many things in vain? If it really was in vain Gal 3:4. εἴ γε καὶ ἐκδυσάμενοι οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα assuming, of course, that having put it off we shall not be found naked 2 Cor 5:3. [εἴ γ]ε οὕτως ὡς [ἔστιν καὶ παρελάβετε τὸν λόγον] AcPl BMM recto, 31f (restoration based on duplicate Ox 1602 verso, 37f and AcPl Ha 8, 24f, which has a slightly difft. text after εἴ γε [s. also the text of Ghent 62, 17 in HSanders, HTR 31, ’38, 79, n. 2]). S. γέ bα.ⓒ εἰ δὲ καί (Just., D. 110, 1) but if, and if Lk 11:18; 1 Cor 4:7; and even if 2 Cor 4:3 (but s. Lietzmann, Hdb.); 11:6. If, on the other hand, … then AcPlCor 2:28 (εἰ … δέ … καί … μή).ⓓ εἰ δὲ μή (γε) if not, otherwiseα. after affirmat. clauses, w. the aor. ind, and ἄν in the apodosis J 14:2; or pres. ind. (Demosth., Prooem. 29, 3) and fut. (Gen 30:1; Bel 29 Theod.; PLond 1912, 98) Rv 2:5, 16; or pres. impv. J 14:11.—εἰ δὲ μή γε (μήγε some edd.) otherwise (Pla. et al.; Epict. 3, 22, 27; Jos., Bell. 6, 120, Ant. 17, 113; Just., D. 105, 6; IGR IV, 833; POxy 1159, 6; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 167, 25; PGM 4, 2629; Da 3:15; Bel 8; TestSol 13:3 P): εἰ δὲ μή γε (sc. προσέχετε), μισθὸν οὐκ ἔχετε otherwise you have no reward Mt 6:1; cp. Lk 10:6. Elliptically: κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον• εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν who knows, it may bear fruit next year; if not, fine, then cut it down (= have it cut down) 13:9.β. after negat. clauses, otherwise (X., An. 7, 1, 8; Diod S 3, 47, 4; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 100; LBW 1651 μὴ ἀδικεῖν…, εἰ δὲ μή; UPZ 196 I, 33 [119 B.C.]; Job 32:22) Mk 2:21f.—After a negative statement: οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς. εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται people do not pour new wine into old skins; otherwise they burst Mt 9:17; cp. Lk 5:36. μή τίς με δόξῃ ἄφρονα εἶναι• εἰ δὲ μή γε, κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέχασθέ με no one is to consider me foolish; otherwise at least accept me as a fool 2 Cor 11:16.ⓔ εἰ καί even if, even though, although Lk 11:8; 18:4; 1 Cor 7:21; 2 Cor 4:16; 7:8; 12:11; Phil 2:17; Col 2:5; Hb 6:9; AcPlCor 2:32.ⓕ εἰ μὲν γάρ for if Ac 25:11 v.l. (for εἰ μὲν οὖν); 2 Cor 11:4; Hb 8:4 v.l. (for εἰ μὲν οὖν).ⓖ εἰ μὲν οὖν if, then Hb 7:11. W. εἰ δέ foll. (X., Cyr. 8, 7, 22; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.) Ac 19:38.ⓗ εἰ μέντοι if, on the other hand Js 2:8.α. except, if not, mostly without a verb depending on εἰ μή (X., An. 2, 1, 12; JosAs 12:11; Just., A I, 29, 1) Mt 11:27; 12:24; 16:4; J 3:13; Ro 7:7; Gal 1:19 (HKoch, Z. Jakobusfrage Gal 1:19: ZNW 33, ’34, 204–9); but also with a verb (Jos., Ant. 8, 316) Mt 5:13; Mk 6:5; Ac 21:25 v.l.β. but (OGI 201, 20f οὐκ ἀφῶ αὐτοὺς καθεσθῆναι εἰς τὴν σκιάν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ ἡλίου ἔξω; in note 33 the ed. gives exx. fr. Aristoph. for this use) without a verb Mt 12:4; w. a verb (Theod. Prodr. 7, 426 H.) Gal 1:7, s. ἄλλος 2b. For ἐκτὸς εἰ μή s. ἐκτός 3a.ⓙ εἰ μήτι unless indeed, unless perhaps (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 198 D.; Jos., Ant. 4, 280; Tat. 10, 2) Lk 9:13; 2 Cor 13:5; w. ἄν (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 4) 1 Cor 7:5 (s. Dssm., NB 32, 1 [BS 204 n.]; B-D-F §376; Mlt. 169; 239; Reinhold 35; JTrunk, De Basilio Magno sermonis Attic. imitatore 1911, 56; JWackernagel, Antike Anredeformen 1912, 27f).ⓚ εἰ οὖν if, therefore Mt 6:23; Lk 11:36; 12:26; J 13:14; 18:8; Col 3:1; Phlm 17.ⓛ εἴπερ if indeed, if after all, since (X., An. 1, 7, 9; Menand., Epitr. 907 S. [587 Kö.]; PHal 7, 6; UPZ 59, 29 [168 B.C.]; Jdth 6:9; TestJob 3:6; Just., Tat., Ath.) Ro 3:30 (ἐπείπερ v.l.); 8:9, 17; 2 Th 1:6.—if indeed, provided that εἴπερ ἄρα (ἄρα 1a) 1 Cor 15:15. καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ for even if (cp. Od. 1, 167; B-D-F §454, 2) 1 Cor 8:5; on 2 Cor 5:3 s. εἴ γε καί 6b above. Doubtful IEph 6:2; s. ἤ 2aβ.ⓜ if perchance, if haply εἰ δέ που … τις ἔλθοι if perchance … anyone came Papias (2:4).ⓝ εἴ πως (the spelling εἴπως is also correct; B-D-F §12) if perhaps, if somehowα. w. opt. (X., An. 2, 5, 2; 4, 1, 21; POxy 939, 15) εἴ πως δύναιντο παραχειμάσαι in the hope that they could spend the winter Ac 27:12.β. w. fut. indic. (3 Km 21:31; 4 Km 19:4; Jer 28:8; TestJos 6:6) εἴ πως εὐοδωθήσομαι whether, perhaps, I shall succeed Ro 1:10; cp. 11:14; Phil 3:11.ⓞ εἴτε … εἴτε (Soph. et al.; ins since 416 B.C. [Meisterhans3-Schw.]; pap [Mayser II/3, 159]; LXX; JosAs 5:9; ApcrEzk [Epiph 70, 11]; Jos., Ant. 16, 33 and 37; Just., Ath. B-D-F §446; 454, 3; Rob. ind.) if … (or) if, whether … orα. w. a verb in pres. indic. (Herm. Wr. 12, 22 thrice) 1 Cor 12:26; 2 Cor 1:6; or pres. subj. 1 Th 5:10.β. w. no verb (Just., D. 86, 3 al.) Ro 12:6–8; 1 Cor 3:22; 8:5; 2 Cor 5:10 al. εἴτε only once 1 Cor 14:27. εἴτε ἄρσενα εἴτε θήλειαν (ἤτε … ἤτε pap) GJs 4:1.⑦ Used w. the indef. pron.: εἴ τις, εἴ τι everyone who or whoever; everything that or whatever Mt 16:24; 18:28; Mk 4:23; 9:35; Lk 9:23; 14:26; 1 Ti 3:1, 5; 5:4, 8, 16 al. Cp. 1 Cor 12:31 v.l. (ADebrunner, ConNeot XI, ’47, 37). W. subj. εἴ τις θελήσῃ Rv 11:5 s. 1b, above.—DELG. M-M.2εἰ μήν, more correctly εἶ μήν (B-D-F §24; Rob. 1150) for the older ἦ μήν (Hom. et al. [s. Denniston 350f], but found also Jos., Ant. 13, 76; 17, 42), in Hellenistic-Roman times (SIG 993, 20 [III B.C.]; 736, 27 [92 B.C.]; IG IV, 840, 15 [EHermann, Gr. Forschungen I 1912, 312]; pap since 112 B.C. [Mayser 78]; LXX e.g. Ezk 33:27; 34:8 al.; Num 14:28; Jdth 1:12; Bar 2:29 [Thackeray 83]) formula used in oaths surely, certainly Hb 6:14 (Gen 22:17).—Dssm., NB 33ff (BS 205ff).—M-M. -
9 λέγω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
10 λέχω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
11 καθίστημι
A in causal sense:—[voice] Act., in [tense] pres., [tense] impf., [tense] fut., and [tense] pf.καθέστᾰκα Hyp.Eux.28
, LXXJe.1.10, D.H.Dem.54, D.S.32.11, etc.; onceκαθέστηκα PHib.1.82i14
(iii B. C.): [tense] plpf.- εστάκει Demetr.
Sceps. ap. Ath.15.697d:—also in [voice] Med., [tense] fut. (Paus.3.5.1), [tense] aor. 1, more rarely [tense] pres. (infr. A. 11.2):— set down,κρητῆρα καθίστα Il.9.202
; νῆα κατάστησον bring it to land, Od.12.185; κ. δίφρους place, station them, before starting for the race, S.El. 710; ποῖ [ δεῖ] καθιστάναι πόδα; E.Ba. 184;κ. τινὰ εἰς τὸ φανερόν X.An.7.7.22
; set up, erect, of stones, Inscr.Cypr.94, 95 H.:—[voice] Med., [ λαῖφος] κατεστήσαντο βοεῦσι steadied it, h.Ap. 407.2 bring down to a place,τούς μ' ἐκέλευσα Πύλονδε καταστῆσαι Od.13.274
: generally, bring,κ. τινὰ ἐς Νάξον Hdt.1.64
, cf. Th.4.78; esp. bring back,πάλιν αὐτὸν κ. ἐς τὸ τεῖχος σῶν καὶ ὑγιᾶ Id.3.34
;κ. τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰς Ἰωνίαν πάλιν X.An.1.4.13
; without πάλιν, replace, restore,ἐς φῶς σὸν κ. βίον E.Alc. 362
; ἃς (sc. τὰς κόρας) οὐδ' ὁ Μελάμπους.. καταστήσειεν ἄν cure their squint, Alex.112.5; ἰκτεριῶντας κ. Dsc.4.1; τὸ σῶμα restore the general health, Hp.Mul. 2.133:—[voice] Med., κατεστήσαντο (v.l. for κατεκτήσαντο)εὐδαιμονίαν Isoc. 4.62
:—[voice] Pass., οὐκ ἂν ἀντὶ πόνων Χάρις καθίσταιτο would be returned, Th. 4.86.3 bring before a ruler or magistrate, Hdt.1.209, PRyl.65.10 (i B. C.), etc.;τινὰ ἐπί τινα PCair.Zen.202.6
(iii B. C.), POxy.281.24 (i A. D.).2 ordain, appoint, , cf. 25: usu. without the inf.,κ. τινὰ ὕπαρχον Id.7.105
; ἄλλον [ ἄρχοντα]ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ X.Cyr.3.1.12
, etc.;βασιλέα ἐπί τινας LXX 1 Ki.8.5
, al.;τινὰ ἐς μοναρχίαν E.Supp. 352
;ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς Isoc.12.132
;τινὰ τύραννον Ar.Av. 1672
;κ. ἐγγυητάς Hdt.1.196
, Ar.Ec. 1064; δικαστάς, ἐπιμελητάς, νομοθέτας, Id.Pl. 917, X.Cyr.8.1.9, D.3.10 (sed leg. καθίσατε, cf.καθίζω 1.4
); of games, etc., γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας κ. Isoc.4.1: rarely c. inf.,οἱ καθιστάντες μουσικῇ.. παιδεύειν Pl.R. 410b
:—so in [voice] Pass.,κυβερνᾶν κατασταθείς X. Mem.1.7.3
: [tense] aor. [voice] Med., appoint for oneself,τύραννον καταστησάμενοι παρὰ. σφίσι αὐτοῖσι Hdt.5.92
.á;ἄρχοντας X.An.3.1.39
, etc.b esp. of laws, constitutions, ceremonies, etc., establish, νόμους, τελετάς, E.Or. 892, Ba.21, etc.; πολιτείαν, δημοκρατίαν, Arist.Ath.7.1, Decr.ib. 29.3;ὀλιγαρχίαν Lys.12.42
; also, set in order, arrange, :—also in [voice] Med., ; ; ;πόλεις ἐπὶ τὸ ὠφέλιμον Id.1.76
; [ Εὔβοιαν] ὁμολογίᾳ ib. 114; πρὸς ἐμὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα καταστήσασθαι settle it with me, D.21.90.3 bring into a certain state,τινὰ ἐς ἀπόνοιαν Th.1.82
;ἐς ἀπορίαν Id.7.75
;εἰς ἀνάγκην Lys.3.3
;εἰς αἰσχύνην Pl.Sph. 230d
;εἰς ἐρημίαν φίλων Id.Phdr. 232d
; ;τινὰ εἰς ἀσφάλειαν Isoc.5.123
; τίνας εἰς ἀγῶνα καθέστακα; Hyp.Eux. 28, cf. Lycurg.2;κ. τινὰ ἐν ἀγῶνι καὶ κινδύνῳ Antipho 5.61
;τὴν πόλιν ἐν πολέμῳ Pl.Mx. 242a
;τοὺς φίλους ἐν ἀκινδύνῳ X.Cyr.4.5.28
; κ. ἑαυτὸν ἐς κρίσιν present himself for trial, Th.1.131, cf. Lycurg.6; κ. τινὰ εἰς τοὺς ἀρχικούς reckon him as one of.., X.Mem.2.1.9.4 c. dupl. acc., make, render so and so,ψευδῆ γ' ἐμαυτόν S.Ant. 657
;ἡ ἐπιθυμία κ. τινὰ ἀμνήμονα Antipho 2.1.7
; τὸ πιστὸν ὑμᾶς ἀπιστοτέρους κ. Th.1.68; κ. τι φανερόν, σαφές, Id.2.42, 1.32; τινὸς ἐπίπονον τὸν βίον κ. Isoc.10.17: c. part., κλαίοντα καθιστάναι τινά bring one to tears, E.Andr. 635: rarely c. inf., κ. τινὰ φεύγειν make him fly, Th.2.84, cf. E.Alc. 283, Luc.Charid.8:—[voice] Pass., .5 [voice] Med., get for oneself, .6 make, in periphrases,πάννυχοι.. διάπλοον καθίστασαν A.Pers. 382
:—[voice] Med., κρυφαῖον ἔκπλουν οὐδαμῇ καθίστατο ib. 385.B intr. in [tense] aor. 2, [tense] pf. καθέστηκα, and [tense] plpf. of [voice] Act. (also [tense] fut.καθεστήξω Th.3.37
, 102), and all tenses of [voice] Med. (exc. [tense] aor. 1 ) and [voice] Pass.: [tense] pf. καθέσταμαι in later Greek, IG22.1006.24 (ii B. C.), LXXNu.3.32, etc.:—to be set, set oneself down, settle, ἐς [ Αἴγιναν] Hdt.3.131, cf. Th.4.75; [ ὀδύναι]καθίσταντο ἐς ὑπογάστριον Hp.Epid.7.97
; of joints, ἐξίσταται ἀνωδύνως καὶ κ. goes out of joint and in again, Id.Art.8; κ. ἐς Ῥήγιον to make R. a base of operations, Th.3.86; simply, to be come to a place,ὅποι καθέσταμεν S.OC23
.b come before another, stand in his presence, Pi.P.4.135;λέξον καταστάς A.Pers. 295
(unless it be taken in signf. 4), cf. Hdt.1.152;κ. ἐς ὄψιν τινός Id.7.29
; , cf. 156;καταστὰς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἔλεγε Th.4.84
.2 to be set as guard,ὑπό τινος Hdt.7.59
, cf. S.OC 356, X.An.4.5.19, etc.; to be appointed,δεσπότης.. καθέστηκα E.HF 142
;στρατηλάτης νέος καταστάς Id.Supp. 1216
; κ. Χορηγὸς εἰς Θαργήλια, στρατηγός, etc., Antipho 6.11, Isoc.4.35, etc.;οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐπὶ τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
; δικτάτωρ.. καθε[ στάμενος τὸ τέταρτον], = Lat. dictator designatus quartum, of Caesar, IG12(2).35b7 (Mytil.).4 also, stand or become quiet or calm, of water,ὅταν ἡ λίμνη καταστῇ Ar.Eq. 865
, cf. PHolm.16.3; θάλασσα γαληνὴ καὶ κ. Plb.21.31.10; πνεῦμα λεῖον καὶ καθεστηκός calm and settled, Ar.Ra. 1003; ὁ θόρυβος κατέστη subsided, Hdt.3.80; of laughter, Philostr. VA3.4; of a swelling, Hp.Prog.7;ἕως τὰ πράγματα κατασταίη Lys. 13.25
; also of persons, καταστάς composedly, A.Pers. 295 (but v. supr. 1b); [ ἡ ψυχὴ]καθίσταται καὶ ἠρεμίζεται Arist.Ph. 248a2
; ὁρῶμεν [ τοὺς ἐνθουσιαστικοὺς]..καθισταμένους Id.Pol. 1342a10
;καθεστηκυίας τῆς διανοίας Ocell.4.13
; καθεστῶτι προσώπῳ with composed, calm countenance, Plu.Fab.17;μαίνεσθαι καὶ ἔξω τοῦ καθεστηκότος εἶναι Luc.Philops.5
; τίς ἂν καθεστηκὼς φήσαιε; what person of mature judgement would say.. ? Phld.Po.5.15; ἡ καθεστηκυῖα ἡλικία middle age, Th.2.36; ἡλικία μέση καὶ κ. Pl.Ep. 316c; οἱ καθεστηκότες those of middle age, Hp.Aph.1.13: also, with metaphor from wine, mellow, of persons, Alex.45.8.5 come into a certain state, become, and in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf., to have become, be,ἀντὶ φίλου πολέμιόν τινι κ. Hdt. 1.87
;οἱ μὲν ὀφθαλμῶν ἰητροὶ κατεστέασι, οἱ δὲ κεφαλῆς Id.2.84
;ἔμφρων καθίσταται S.Aj. 306
;τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑπόπτων καθεστώτων Epicur. Sent.13
;ἐς μάχην Hdt.3.45
;ἐς πόλεμον ὑμῖν καὶ μάχην κ. E.HF 1168
;ἐς πάλην καθίσταται δορὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα Id.Heracl. 159
;ἐς τὴν ἴησιν Hp.Prorrh.2.12
; ἐς τὸ αὐτό they recover, Id.Coac. 160 (later abs.,καταστῆναι καὶ μηδενὸς ἔτι φαρμάκου δεηθῆναι Gal.Vict.Att.1
);ἐς τοὺς κινδύνους Antipho 2.3.1
;ἐς φόβον Hdt.8.12
, Th.2.81; ἐς δέος, λύπην, Id.4.108,7.75;ἐς φυγήν Id.2.81
;ἐς ἔχθραν τινί Isoc.9.67
; εἰς ὁμόνοιαν, εἰς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν, Lys.18.18, 12.3; καταστῆναι ἐς συνήθειάν τινος τὴν πόλιν ποιεῖν make the city become accustomed to it, Aeschin.1.165; had been,Hdt.
1.92, cf. 9.37;ἐν δείματι μεγάλῳ κατέστασαν Id.7.138
; καταστάντων σφι εὖ τῶν πρηγμάτων ib. 132; τίνι τρόπῳ καθέστατε; in what case are ye? S.OT10; φονέα με φησὶ.. καθεστάναι ib. 703;ἄπαρνος δ' οὐδενὸς καθίστατο Id.Ant. 435
;κρυπτὸς καταστάς E.Andr. 1064
;οἱ ἐν τούτῳ τῆς ἡλικίας καθεστῶτες ἐν ᾧ.. Antipho 2.1.1
; ἐν οἵῳ τρόπῳ [ἡ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀρχὴ] κατέστη how it came into being, Th.1.97, cf. 96; ἀρξάμενος εὐθὺς καθισταμένου (sc. τοῦ πολέμου ) from its first commencement, Id.1.1.6 to be established or instituted, prevail,καί σφι μαντήϊον Διὸς κατέστηκε Hdt.2.29
; ἄγραι.. πολλαὶ κατεστᾶσι ib.70, cf. 1.200; ὅδε σφι νόμος κατεστήκεε ib. 197;βροτοῖσιν ὃς καθέστηκεν νόμος E. Hipp.91
: c. inf.,θεὸν Ἀμφιάραον πρώτοις Ὠρωπίοις κατέστη νομίζειν Paus.1.34.2
: [tense] pf. part., existing, established, prevailing, τὸν νῦν κατεστεῶτα κόσμον Hdt 1.65;ἦν κατεστηκὸς οὐδὲν φόρου πέρι Id.3.89
; τοὺς κατεστεῶτας τριηκοσίους the regular 300, Id.7.205;οἱ καθεστῶτες νόμοι S.Ant. 1113
, Ar.Nu. 1400; τὰ καθεστῶτα the present state of life, S.Ant. 1160; also, existing laws, usages, τὰ τότε κ., τά ποτε κ., Pl.Lg. 798b, Isoc.7.56;ἐπὶ τοῖσι κατεστεῶσι ἔνεμε τὴν πόλιν Hdt.1.59
.7 of purchases, cost, πλέον ἢ ὅσου ἐμοὶ κατέστησαν more than they stood me in, And.2.11, cf. Plu.2.349a.8 stand against, oppose, πρός τινα dub. l. in Plb.23.18.5:—[voice] Pass.,Τιτήνεσσι κατέσταθεν Hes. Th. 674
.C [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. and sts. [tense] pres. [voice] Med. are used in trans. sense, v. supr. A. 11.2sq.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καθίστημι
-
12 μείγνυμι
μείγνυμι or [full] μίγνυμι, μ<ε> ίγνυσι Pl.Lg. 691e; imper. μ<ε> ίγνυ Id.Phlb. 63e:—also μ<ε> ιγνύω, Damox.2.60, Arist.HA 627a23, Thphr. Lap.53, etc.: [tense] impf. ἐμ<ε> ίγνυν, pl. ἐμ<ε>ίγνυσαν ( συν-) X.Cyr.8.1.46; poet. μ<ε> ίγνυον Pi.N.4.21: [tense] fut. μ<ε> ίξω Od.22.221 ( μετα-), S.OC 1047 (lyr.), Pl.Phlb. 64b: [tense] aor. ἔμ<ε> ιξα Archil.86, Pi.I.7(6).25, etc.; inf. μ<ε> ῖξαι Il.15.510: [tense] pf. μέμῐχα ( συμ-) Plb.16.10.1, 38.13.5: [tense] plpf. ἐμεμίχειν [pron. full] [ῐ] ( συν-) D.C.47.45:—[voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., [full] μ<ε>ίγνυμαι Pl. Phd. 113c: [tense] impf. ἐμ<ε>ίγνυντο (ἐπ-) Th.2.1: [tense] fut. μ<ε> ίξομαι Od.6.136, 24.314, μεμ<ε> ίξομαι Hes.Op. 179, μ<ε> ιχθήσομαι Aeschin.1.166 ( ἀνα-), Palaeph.13; alsoAμῐγήσομαι Il.10.365
: [tense] aor. 1 ἐμίχθη ib. 457, ἐμ<ε> ίχθην A.Supp. 295, Hdt.2.181, Ph.Bel.70.5, etc.; inf.μιχθήμεναι Il. 11.438
; but in Hom. and [dialect] Att. more commonly [tense] aor. 2 ἐμίγην [ῐ]; [dialect] Ep.μίγην Il.21.143
; inf.μιγήμεναι 15.409
,μιγῆν Parm.12.5
; both forms in Trag., μ<ε>ιχθῆναι A.l.c., al. (v. infr.),μιγῆναι Id.Pr.738
: [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.ἔμικτο Od.1.433
,μίκτο Il.11.354
, 16.813, A.R.3.1223; part. μίγμενος in trans. sense, Nic. Al. 574: [tense] aor. [voice] Med. ἐμ<ε> ιξάμην Thphr. CP3.22.3: [tense] pf.μέμιγμαι Il.10.424
, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. ἀνα-μεμ<ε> ίχαται Hdt.1.146: [tense] plpf.ἐμέμικτο Il.4.438
.—For the [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. Hom. and Hdt. always use μίσγω, which occurs once in Trag., S.Fr. 271 (anap.), never in Com., sts. in [dialect] Att. Prose, Th.6.104 ( προς-), Thphr.Sens.43; part. ; also [tense] impf.ἔμισγον Th.3.22
( προς-), Pl.Ti. l.c.; also in later Prose, Plb.9.8.9 ( προς-), 18.32.2, 31.17.5 ( συμ-), PTeb.12.7, 18, 26.3 ( συμ-, ii B. C.), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.ἐμισγέσκοντο Od. 20.7
. (In codd. usu. [pref] μι- in all tenses and derivs.; in Inscrr. and Pap. freq. [pref] μει-, e.g.μειγνύς Phld.Mus.p.13
K.,μειγνύμενος Limen.14
( 128/7 B.C.),ὀν-εμείχνυτο Sapph.Supp. 20c
.2 ( = pp.21,78 Lobel, ὀνεμίγνυτο ib. 20b.4): [tense] fut. inf. συν-μείσχι[ν] IG12.920 (vi B. C.): [tense] aor.συνέμειξα PPetr.2p.64
(iii B. C.); inf.συμ-μεῖξαι PEleph.29.11
(iii B. C.): [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.μέμειγμαι Phld.Vit.p.34
J.: [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.ἐμείχθην A.Fr.99.5
(Pap. of ii B. C.), E.Antiop.iv B 45 (Pap. of iii B. C.), Phld.Po.2.12; similarlyμεῖξις Id.Mus.p.65
K.; σύμ-μεικτος freq. in [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG 22.1388.63 (iv B. C.), al.;μεικτός PCair.Zen.292.25
, al. (iii B. C.): [pref] μι- is found inσυνανα-μιγνύμενα Phld.D.3.9
,μιγνύωσι Id.Ir.p.41
K.: [tense] aor. inf. (Halasarna, late iii B. C.): [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass. μεμιγμένος Wilcken Chr.198.12 (iii B. C.): [tense] aor. part. [voice] Pass.μιχθείς Pae.Erythr.5
(iv B. C. and ii A. D., v. l. μει- ii A. D.); similarlyσύμ-μικτος AJA31.350
(vase, v B. C.); the oldest forms were prob. μίσγω μείξω ἔμειξα μέμιγμαι ἐμίχθην (μίκτο) μεῖγμα μίξις μικτός (cf. the forms of τεύχω, φεύγω, etc.); the μει- forms already in v B. C. had encroached, and after 150 B.C. were freq. written μι- (i. e. μῑ-)):— mix, strictly of liquids,οἶνον ἐνὶ κρητῆρσι καὶ ὕδωρ Od.1.110
, etc.; also of a solid and liquid,θρόμβῳ δ' ἔμ<ε>ιξεν αἵματος φίλον γάλα A.Ch. 546
; of two solids,ἅλεσσι μεμιγμένον εἶδαρ Od.11.123
; alsoμ. ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρός Pl.Prt. 320d
;μ<ε>ιγνὺς [ταῦτα] μετὰ τῆς οὐσιας Id.Ti. 35b
:—[voice] Med. for [voice] Act., AP7.44 ([place name] Ion), Nic.Th. 603:—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.II generally, join, bring together, in various ways:1 in hostile sense, μ<ε>ῖξαι χεῖράς τε μένος τε join battle hand to hand, Il.15.510;μ<ε>ίξαντες.. Ἄρευα Alc.31
;Κόλχοισι βίαν μ. Pi.P.4.213
; χερσὶν ἐναντία χεῖρας ἔμ<ε> ιξεν A.R.2.78; Ἄρη μ<ε> ίξουσιν S.OC 1047 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass.,μ<ε>ιγνυμένου πολέμου Callin.1.11
.b in good sense, ἀλώπηξ καἰετὸς ξυνωνίην ἔμ<ε> ιξαν Archil.86.2 bring into connexion with, make acquainted with,ἄνδρας.. μισγέμεναι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.20.203
; Καδμεῖοί νιν.. ἄνθεσι μ<ε> ίγνυον covered him with flowers, Pi.N.4.21; reversely, ᾧ πότμον.. Ἄρης ἔμ<ε> ιξεν upon whom A. brought death, Id.l.7(6).25.B [voice] Pass., with [tense] fut. [voice] Med. μείξομαι (v. sub init.):—to be mixed up with, mingled among,προμάχοισιν ἐμίχθη Il.5.134
, etc.;ἐνὶ προμάχοισι μιγέντα Od.18.379
; [σῆμα] οὔ τι μεμιγμένον ἐστὶν ὁμίλῳ 8.196
; ἐώλπει μ<ε>ίξεσθαι ξενίῃ hoped to hold intercourse in guest-friendship, 24.314;Τρώεσσιν ἐν ἀγρομένοισιν ἔμιχθεν Il.3.209
, cf. 10.180; ἐν ταῖς κακαῖσιν ἁγαθαὶ μεμ<ε> ιγμέναι E. Ion 399; hold intercourse with, live with, Od.7.247, etc.;ἐμίσγετο δαίμονι δαίμων Emp.59.1
;αἷς οὐ μ<ε>ίγνυται θεῶν τις A.Eu.69
: abs., hold intercourse,θάμ' ἐνθάδ' ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ' Od.4.178
.b to be mixed or compounded,μεμ<ε>ιγμένον μέλι σὺν γάλακτι Pi.N.3.77
;Κύπριδος ἐλπὶς.. μειγνυμένα Διονυσίοισι δώροις B.Scol.Oxy. 1361
Fr.1.9; σύλλογος νέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων μεμ<ε> ιγμένος Pl.Lg. 951d, cf. E.Fr. 997;μεμ<ε>ιγμένην πολιτείαν ἐκ κακοῦ τε καὶ ἀγαθοῦ Pl.R. 548c
;ἔκ τε ταὐτοῦ καὶ θατέρου καὶ τῆς οὐσίας μ. Id.Ti. 35b
.2 to be brought into contact with, κάρη κονίῃσιν ἐμίχθη his head wasrolled in the dust, Il.10.457, Od.22.329;ὅτ' ἐν κονίῃσι μιγείης Il.3.55
; οὐδ' ἔτ' ἔασε [ἔγχος].. μιχθήμεναι ἔγκασι φωτός she let not the spear reach them, 11.438;κλισίῃσι μιγήμεναι 15.409
; ἐς Ἀχαιοὺς μίσγετο went to join them, 18.216; ἔσω μίσγεσθαι to come among us in the house, Od.18.49; μίσγεσθαι ὑπὲρ ποταμοῖο to join the rest across the river, Il.23.73: freq. in Pi. in various senses, c. dat. (with or without ἐν), come to,ἔν τ' Ὠκεανοῦ πελάγεσσι μίγεν P.4.251
; Λακεδαιμονίων μιχθέντες ἀνδρῶν ἤθεσιν ib. 257; ἐν αἱμακουρίαις μέμικται is present at that feast, O.1.91; φύλλοις ἐλαιᾶν μιχθέντα, στεφάνοις ἔμιχθεν ([ per.] 3pl.), come to, i.e. win, the crown of victory, N.1.18, 2.22;μ. εὐλογίαις I.3.3
; μ. ἐν τιμαῖς ib.2.29; μ. θάμβει to be affected by amazement, N.1.56; also βροτοὶ ξὺν κακοῖς μεμ<ε> ιγμένοι S.El. 1485.3 in hostile sense, mix in fight, Il.4.456, cf. Od.5.317; ἐν δαΐ, ἐν παλάμῃσι μ., Il.13.286, 21.469.4 in Hom. and Hes. most freq. of the sexes, have intercourse with, both of the man and the woman, sts. abs., Il.9.275, etc.: more freq. μιγῆναί τινι, of the man, 21.143, etc.; of the woman, Od.1.73;ἄρσενι θῆλυ μιγῆν Parm.12.5
, cf. Pi.P.3.14, al.; but in Trag. only of the man, as μητρὶ μ<ε>ιχθῆναι, μιγῆναι, S.OT 791, 995; but in Com.μ<ε>ιγνυμένας τοῖσιν ἀδελφοῖς Ar.Ra. 1081
(anap.): in Prose [tense] pres. μίσγεσθαι in this sense, of the man, Hdt.2.64, etc.; of the woman, Id.1.5, 199, Od.22.445; in full, φιλότητί τινι μιγῆναι, of the man, Il.6.165; of the woman, ib. 161, Hes.Th. 927, 970, etc.; ἐμισγέσθην φ., of the two, Il.14.295; ἐν φιλότητι μίσγεσθαι (with or without τινι), of the man, 2.232, 24.131; of the woman, h.Hom.33.5; Διὸς φιλότητι μιγῆναι, Διὸς ἐν φ. μ., of the woman, Hes.Th. 920, h.Merc.4; σῇ φ. μ., of the man, h.Ven. 150; εὐνῇ μ., of the man, Od. 1.433; φιλότητι καὶ εὐνῇ, of the man, Il.3.445, cf. Od.15.420; of the woman, 5.126; butἐν ἀγκοίνῃσι Διός 11.268
: c. acc. cogn.,φιλότης.., ἣν ἐμίγης Il.15.33
.—The [tense] aor. I is not used in this sense by Hom., but occurs in the Hymns, h.Ven.46, al.; the [tense] aor. I is more freq. in Hes. and Pi. (Cf. Lat. misceo, Skt. meksáyati 'stir', miśrás 'mixed'.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μείγνυμι
-
13 εἶμι
εἶμι (A ibo), [ per.] 2sg.εἶ S. Tr.83
, Ar.Av. 990, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ,εἶσθα Il. 10.450
, Od.19.69; [ per.] 3sg. εἶσι; pl. ἴμεν, ἴτε, ἴᾱσι: imper. ἴθι (also εἶ in the compd. acc. to Sch., but prob. indic.), [ per.] 3pl. , Pl.Lg. 765a, alsoἴτων A.Eu.32
,ἰόντων Th.4.118
, etc.: subj. ἴω (εἴω Sophr.48
); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ἴῃσθα Il.10.67
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ἴῃσι 9.701
; [dialect] Ep. pl. ἴομεν (for - ωμεν) 2.440: opt. ἴοιμι, οις, οι, 14.21, etc.;ἰοίην Sapph.159
, IG4.760 ([place name] Troezen), X.Smp.4.16, ([etym.] διεξ-) Isoc.5.98; [dialect] Ep.ἰείη Il.19.209
, cf.περι-ιεῖεν IG22.1126.18
(Amphict. Delph.),εἴη Il.24.139
, Od.14.496, ([place name] Crete): inf. ἰέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴμεναι (ι in Il.20.365 ) or ἴμεν, alsoἰέμεν Archyt.
ap. Stob.3.1.106 (dub. l.), ἴναι [pron. full] [ῐ] Orac. ap. Str.9.2.23, (ἐξ-) Machoap.Ath.13.580c, cf. EM467.18 ( προς-εῖναι dub. in Hes. Op. 353): part. ἰών, ἰοῦσα, ἰόν: [tense] impf. ᾔειν, ᾔεις (,ἐπεξ-ῄεισθα Euthphr.4b
), ᾔει or - ειν Id.Ti. 38c, Criti. 117e; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊα, [ per.] 3sg. ἤϊε ([etym.] - εν), [var] contr.ᾖε Od.18.257
; dual ; 1 and [ per.] 2pl., ᾖμεν, ᾖτε; [ per.] 3pl., [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἤϊσαν, [dialect] Ep. also ἴσαν, [dialect] Att. ᾖσαν ([etym.] μετ-) Ar.Eq. 605, cf. Fr. 161, ([etym.] ἐπ-) Od.19.445, later ᾔεσαν ([etym.] εἰς-) Arist.Ath.32.1, etc.; also [ per.] 3sg.ἴε Il.2.872
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl.ᾔομεν Od.10.251
, al., [ per.] 3 dualἴτην Il.1.347
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤϊον Od.23.370
:—[voice] Med. [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. ἴεμαι, ἰέμην are mere mistakes for ἵεμαι, ἱέμην (from ἵημι), cf. S.OT 1242, E.Supp. 698:—for [tense] fut. εἴσομαι and [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰσάμην, in [ per.] 3sg. εἴσατο, ἐείσατο, [ per.] 3 dual ἐεισάσθην, v. εἴσομαι 11.—The ind. εἶμι usu. has [tense] pres. sense in Hom. ([tense] fut., Il.1.426, 18.280), but in [dialect] Ion. Prose and [dialect] Att. it serves as [tense] fut. to ἔρχομαι (q. v.), I shall go, shall come: the [tense] pres. sense is sts. found in Poetry, prov. αὐτόματοι δ' ἀγαθοὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπὶ δαῖτας ἴασι (cf. Pl.Smp. 174b), cf. Theoc.25.90, also in compds. ( προς-) A.Eu. 242, (ἐπ-) Th.4.61, ( συν-) Str.3.2.2. [[pron. full] ῐ- in all tenses, exc. in [dialect] Ep. Subj. ἴομεν for ἴωμεν at the beginning of a verse]:— come or go, the special senses being given by the context, οἴκαδ' ἴμεν go home, Il.17.155;τάχ' εἶσθα θύραζε Od.19.69
, etc.; come,οὐδέ μιν οἴω νῦν ἰέναι Il.17.710
, etc.; go, depart, Od.2.367;ὑπὸ τεῖχος ἰόντας Il.12.264
.II c.acc.,2 c. acc. cogn., ὁδὸν ἰέναι go a road, Od.10.103; so τὴν ὀρεινήν (sc. ὁδόν) X.Cyr. 2.4.22: metaph.,ἄδικον ὁδὸν ἰέναι Th.3.64
.3 go through or over, τὸ μέσον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, of the sun, Hdt.2.25, cf. 26: in Hom., freq. c. gen., ἰὼν πεδίοιο going across the plain, Il.5.597.III c. inf. [tense] aor.,ἀλλά τις εἴη εἰπεῖν Ἀτρεΐδῃ Od.14.496
.—On the Homeric βῆ δ' ἴμεν, etc., v. βαίνω.2 c. part. [tense] fut., Ἑλένην καλέουσ' ἴε went to call her, Il.3.383, cf. 14.200, Od.15.213; ἤϊα λέξων I was going to tell, Hdt.4.82; ;εἴ τις ἱστορίαν γράψων ἴῃ Luc. Hist.Conscr.39
.IV also of other motions besides walking or running, as of going in a ship, esp.ἐπὶ νηὸς ἰέναι Od.2.332
, etc.; of the flight of bees, Il.2.87.2 of the motion of things, [πέλεκυς] εἶσιν διὰ δουρός the axe goes through the beam, 3.61; of clouds or vapour, 4.278; of the stars, 22.317; of time, ἔτος εἶσι the year will pass, Od. 2.89; φάτις εἶσι the report goes, 23.362;χρόνος.. ἰὼν πόρσω Pi.O.10
(11).55; ἴτω κλαγγά, βοά, S.Tr. 208 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 857 (lyr.); , cf.Pl.Ap. 19a.V metaph. usages, ἰέναι ἐς λόγους τινί to enter on a conference with.., Th.3.80, etc.; ἰέναι ἐς τοὺς πολέμους, ἐς τὴν ξυμμαχίαν, Id.1.78, 5.30; ἰέναι ἐς χεῖρας to come to blows, Id.2.3, 81; ἰέναι ἐς τὰ παραγγελλόμενα to obey orders, Id.1.121;διὰ δίκης ἰὼν πατρί S.Ant. 742
; ἰέναι διὰ μάχης, διὰ φιλίας, etc., v. διά A.IV.b.VI imper. ἴθι (with or without δή) come now! mostly folld. by [ per.] 2sg. imper.,ἴ. ἐξήγεο Hdt.3.72
; ἴθ' ἐγκόνει, ἴθ' ἐκκάλυψον, S.Aj. 988, 1003;ἴ. πέραινε Ar.Ra. 1170
; in full, ἴ. καὶ πειρῶ go and try, Hdt.8.57: with [ per.] 1pl.,ἴ. οὖν ἐπισκεψώμεθα X.Mem.1.6.4
, cf. Pl. Prt. 332d;ἴτε δὴ ἀκούσωμεν Id.Lg. 797d
: [ per.] 2 dual,ἴθι δὴ παρίστασθον Ar.Ra. 1378
: also [ per.] 2pl.,ἴτε νεύσατε S.OC 248
, cf. OT 1413.VII part. added to Verbs, φρονείτω μεῖζον ἢ κατ' ἄνδρ' ἰών let him go and think.., S.Ant. 768, cf. OC 1393, Aj. 304;βακχεύσεις ἰών E.Ba. 343
.—Cf. ἴσκω. -
14 χαίρω
A : [tense] impf., [dialect] Ep.χαῖρον Il.14.156
, [dialect] Ion.χαίρεσκον 18.259
: [tense] fut.χαιρήσω 20.363
, Hdt. 1.128, Ar.Pl.64, And.1.101, Arr.An.5.20.6; [dialect] Ep. redupl. inf.κεχᾰρησέμεν Il.15.98
; later χᾰρῶ v.l. in Apoc. 11.10: [tense] aor.ἐχαίρησα Plu. Luc.25
: [tense] pf. , part.- ηκώς Hdt.3.42
, etc., [dialect] Ep. acc. κεχᾰρηότα, pl. -ότας, Il.7.312, Hes.Fr.77:—[voice] Med. (in same sense), χαίρομαι, noted as a barbarism in Ar. Pax 291 (v. Sch.), but found in BCH36.622 (Perinthus, written χέρ-), Alex.Aphr.Pr.1.20, al.: [tense] fut. χᾰρήσομαι Ps.-Luc.Philopatr.24, ([etym.] συγ-) Plb.30.18.1, D.S. 31.15; [dialect] Dor.χαρησοῦμαι Pythag.Ep.3.7
; χᾰροῦμαι LXXZa.4.10, ([etym.] κατα-) ib.Pr.1.26; [dialect] Ep.κεχᾰρήσομαι Od.23.266
: [tense] aor. 1 part. (ii A. D.): [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor.1χήρατο Il.14.270
;ἐχ- Opp.C.1.509
, etc.; part.χηράμενος AP7.198
(Leon.): [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2, [ per.] 3pl.κεχάροντο Il.16.600
(χάροντο Q.S.6.315
); opt. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάροιτο, -οίατο, Od.2.249, Il.1.256:—[voice] Pass. (in same sense), [tense] aor. 2 ἐχάρην [pron. full] [ᾰ] 7.54, etc., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.χάρη 5.682
, 13.609; subj. ; opt.χᾰρείη Il.6.481
; inf.χᾰρῆναι Simon.164
; part.χᾰρείς Il.10.541
, Sapph.118, Pi.I.6(5).10, Ar.Th. 981 (lyr.), etc.; [tense] pf.κεχάρημαι h.Bacch.7.10
, E.IA 200 (lyr.), Ar.V. 389 (anap.); part.κεχαρμένος E.Or. 1122
, Tr. 529 (lyr.), Cyc. 367 (lyr.): [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. κεχάρητο, -ηντο, Hes.Sc.65, h.Cer. 458:—rejoice, be glad, Il.3.111, 21.347, etc.;γραῦς ἥδε οἰνοφόρος κεχαρημένη ὧδε κάθηται IG12(8).679
(Scyros, ii B. C.):χ. θυμῷ Il.7.191
, al.;ἐν θυμῷ 24.491
, Od.22.411;φρεσὶν ᾗσι Il.13.609
;φρένα 6.481
; χ. νόῳ to rejoice in wardly, Od. 8.78;χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ Il.23.647
;αὐτὰρ ἐμὸν κῆρ χ. Od.4.260
;χ. καὶ γελᾶν S.El. 1300
; ; opp. λυπεῖσθαι, A.Fr.266.3, S.Aj. 555, etc.; opp. ἀλγεῖν, Id.Tr. 1119. —Constr.,1 c. dat. rei, rejoice at, take pleasure in a thing,νίκῃ Il.7.312
;φήμῃ Od.2.35
; ;μόλπᾳ Sapph.Supp. 25.5
, cf. S.OT 1070, Pl.Mx. 238d, etc.: c. dat. pers.,χαῖρε.. ἀνδρὶ δικαίῳ Od.3.52
; with a part. added,χάρη δ' ἄρα οἱ προσιόντι Il.5.682
, cf. 24.706, Od.19.463: with Preps.,χαίρειν ἐπί τινι S.Fr. 926
, X. Mem.2.6.35, Cyr.8.4.12, Isoc.2.30, Pl.Lg. 739d, etc.;πρὸς τοῖς παιδικοῖς Eup.327
; with a part. added,ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοις κακοῖσι χ. E.Ba. 1040
, cf. 1033: rarely (lyr.), S.Tr. 1119: also c. dat. modi, χ. γέλωτι express one's joy by laughter, X.Cyr.8.1.33.b of a plant,χαίρει ὑφάμμοις χωρίοις Thphr.HP6.5.2
; alsoἡ κύστις χ. τῇ χολῇ Gal.19.646
.2 rarely c. acc., with a part. added,χαίρω δέ σ' εὐτυχοῦντα E.Rh. 390
;τοὺς γὰρ εὐσεβεῖς θεοὶ θνῄσκοντας οὐ χ. Id.Hipp. 1340
; χαίρω σ' <ἐλθόντα> Id.Fr. 673 (this usage is said to be Oropian, EM808.4).b with a neut. Adj., : c. acc. cogn.,ἁπλῆν χαίρειν ἡδονήν Arist.EN 1154b26
;χ. ἀνδραπόδων τινὰ χαράν Plu.2.1091e
.3 c. part., χαίρω.. τὸν μῦθον ἀκούσας I rejoice at having heard, am glad to hear, Il.19.185, cf. 7.54, 11.73;χαίρουσιν βίοτον νήποινον ἔδοντες Od.14.377
, cf. 12.380, Hes.Op.55;χαίρω.. κόμπον ἱείς Pi.N.8.49
;χαίρεις ὁρῶν φῶς, πατέρα δ' οὐ χαίρειν δοκεῖς; E.Alc. 691
;χαίρω φειδόμενος Ar.Pl. 247
;θωπευόμενος χαίρεις Id.Eq. 1116
(lyr.), cf. Pl.Smp. 191e, etc.b c. part. [tense] pres., delight in doing, to be wont to do,χρεώμενοι χαίρουσι Hdt.7.236
, cf. S.Ph. 449, Ar.V. 764, Pl.Prt. 318d, 346c, 358a.4 χαίρειν ὅττι or ὅτι .., Od.14.51, 526, Pi.N.5.46; ἐχάρην καὶ ἐθρασυνάμην ὅτι ἔμαθον .. Metrod.Fr.42; χ. οὕνεκα .. Od.8.200.II with negat., esp. with [tense] fut., οὐ χαιρήσεις thou wilt or shalt not rejoice, i.e. thou shalt not go unpunished, shalt repent it, Ar.Pl.64;οὐ χαιρήσετον Id.Eq. 235
; soοὐδέ τιν' οἴω Τρώων χαιρήσειν Il.20.363
, cf.15.98, Od.2.249, Ar.V. 186; ἀλλ' οὐδ' ὣς Κῦρόςγε χαιρήσει Hdt.1.128
; with an interrog.,σὺ.. χαιρήσειν νομίζεις; Plu.Alex.51
: rarely with other tenses,ὅπως ἂν μὴ χαίρωσιν. D.19.299
;οὐκ ἐχαίρησεν Plu.Luc.25
: for a similar use of the part., v. infr. IV. 2.1 at meeting, hail, welcome (esp. in the morning, acc. to D.C.69.18, cf. Luc.Laps.), Il.9.197, Od.13.229, etc.;χαῖρε, ξεῖνε, παρ' ἄμμι φιλήσεαι 1.123
; strengthd.,οὖλέ τε, καὶ μάλα χαῖρε, θεοὶ δέ τοι ὄλβια δοῖεν 24.402
;χαῖρέ μοι Il.23.19
, cf. S.OC 1137; repeated, A.Eu. 996, 1014 (both lyr.), S.Aj.91, etc.;χαῖρ' ὡς μέγιστα, χαῖρε Id.Ph. 462
; in greeting one's native land, the sun, etc., A.Ag. 508,22, S.Ph. 1453 (anap.).b sts. implied in the use of χαίρω, κῆρυξ Ἀχαιῶν, χαῖρε .. Answ. χαίρω I accept the greeting, A.Ag. 538; νῦν πᾶσι χαίρω, νῦν με πᾶς ἀσπάζεται I hear the word χαῖρε from all, S.OT 596: so in inf., τὸ χαίρειν dub. l. in Pl.Chrm. 164e; χαίρειν δὲ τὸν κήρυκα προὐννέπω I bid him welcome, S.Tr. 227;προσειπών τινα χ. οὐκ ἀντιπροσερρήθη X.Mem.3.13.1
; but χαίρειν τἄλλ' ἐγώ σ' ἐφίεμαι I bid thee have thy pleasure, S.Aj. 112.c inf. alone at the beginning of letters, Κῦρος Κυαζάρῃ χαίρειν (sc. λέγει) X.Cyr.4.5.27, cf. Theoc.14.1; used by Alexander the Great to Phocion as a mark of respect, Duris 51J.2 at leavetaking, fare-thee-well, Od.5.205, 13.59, 15.151;χαῖρε πόλλ' ὦδελφέ Ar.Ra. 164
; pl.,χαίρετε πολλάκι Theoc.1.144
; freq. put into the mouth of the dying, S.Aj. 863, Tr. 921, Pl.Phd. 116d, etc.: hence in sepulchral inscriptions, IG7.203, etc.b hence, imper. χαιρέτω, χαιρόντων, have done with.., away with..,εἴτ' ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος εἴτ' ἐστὶ δαίμων, χαιρέτω Hdt.4.96
;χαιρέτω βουλεύματα τὰ πρόσθεν E. Med. 1044
,χαιρόντων πόνοι Id.HF 575
; cf. Pl.Smp. 199a, Lg. 636d, 886d.c ἐᾶν χαίρειν τινά or τι dismiss from one's mind, put away, renounce, Hdt.6.23, 9.41, Ar.Pl. 1187, Pl.Phd. 63e, Prt. 348a, X.An.7.3.23, etc.;συχνὰ χ. ἐᾶν τινα Pl.Phlb. 59b
;ἐλευθερίαν μακρὰ χ. ἐᾶν Luc.Apol.3
;μακρὰ χ. εἰποῦσα Ael.VH12.1
; ;τὴν Κύπριν πόλλ' ἐγὼ χαίρειν λέγω E.Hipp. 113
, cf. 1059, Pl.Tht. 188a;χ. κελεύων πολλὰ τοὺς Ἀχαρνέας Ar.Ach. 200
;εἰπεῖν χαίρειν τινά Ath.Mitt.56.131
(Milet., Hellenistic), cf. Luc.Dem.Enc.50;χαίρειν προσαγορεύειν Ar.Pl. 322
(metaph. in Pl.Lg. 771a);χαίρειν προσειπεῖν Eup.308
: less freq. c. dat. pers. (never with ἐᾶν χ.), πολλὰ χαίρειν ξυμφοραῖς καταξιῶ A.Ag. 572
(nisi leg. ξυμφοράς); φράσαι.. χαίρειν Ἀθηναίοισι Ar.Nu. 609
(troch.);πολλὰ εἰπόντα χ. τῷ ἀληθεῖ Pl.Phdr. 272e
, cf. Phd. 64c, R. 406d, X.HG4.1.31 (codd., fort. ἀλλήλους), Jul.ad Them.255a.3 on other occasions, as in comforting, be of good cheer, Od.8.408; at meals, 4.60, 18.122; χαῖρε, γύναι, φιλότητι good luck be on our union, 11.248;εὐχωλῇς χαίρετε 13.358
:χαῖρε ἀοιδῇ h.Hom.9.7
.IV part. glad, joyful,Il.
1.446, etc.; ;χαίροντι φέρειν.. χαίρων 17.83
; λυπούμενοι καὶ χαίροντες in sorrow and in joy, Arist.Rh. 1356a16: also [tense] pf. part.κεχαρηκώς Hdt.3.27
,42, etc.2 joined with another Verb, safe and sound, with impunity, χαίροντα ἀπαλλάσσειν ib.69, cf. 9.106, D.24.153; more freq. with a neg., οὐ χαίρων to one's cost,οὐ χαίροντες γέλωτα ἐμὲ θήσεσθε Hdt.3.29
;οὔ τι χαίρων.. ἐρεῖς S. OT 363
, cf. Ant. 759, Ph. 1299, E.Med. 398, Ar.Ach. 563, Pl.Grg. 510d;οὐ γὰπ.. χαίρων τις.. τοὐμὸν ἀλγυνεῖ κέαρ Eup.90
;οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλάζαιτε X.An.5.6.32
; alsoοὔτι χαιρήσων γε σύ Ar.V. 186
; cf. supr. 11.3 in the same sense as imper. (supr. 111), σὺ δέ μοι χαίρων ἀφίκοιο fare-thee-well, and may'st thou arrive, Od.15.128, cf. Theoc.2.163; χαίροισ' ἔρχεο go thy way rejoicing, Sapph.Supp.23.7; ἀλλ' ἑρπέτω χαίρουσα let her go with a benison, S.Tr. 819; χαίρων ἴθι fare-thee-well, E.Alc. 813, Ph. 921;χαίρουσα.. στεῖχε Id.Hipp. 1440
.4τὸ χαῖρον τῆς ψυχῆς Plu.2.136c
, 1089e. -
15 δακρύω
A , later- ύσομαι Tryph. 404
: [tense] aor.ἐδάκρῡσα Hdt.1.112
, etc., [dialect] Ep.δάκρῡσα Od.11.55
: [tense] pf.δεδάκρῡκα Alciphr.2.3.14
:—[voice] Med.,δακρύεσθαι A.Th. 815
: [tense] aor.δακρύσατο Tryph.431
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres., E.Hel. 1226: [tense] pf.δεδάκρῡμαι Il.16.7
, etc.: [υ long in all tenses, except in late Poets, as AP9.148]: (for the Root, v. δάκρυ).I intr., weep, shed tears, Od. l.c., etc.: c. acc. cogn., δ. γόους to lament with tears, S.Aj. 580: c. gen. causae,δ. συμφορᾶς E.HF 528
(dub. l.); δ. βλέφαρα to flood them with tears, Id.Hel. 948;δ. χαρᾷ X.HG7.2.9
;ἐπὶ ταῖς συμφοραῖς Isoc.4.168
:— [voice] Pass., [tense] pf. δεδάκρυμαι to be in tears,τίπτε δεδάκρυσαι, Πατρόκλεες; Il. 16.7
;δεδάκρυνται δὲ παρειαί 22.491
; in tears,Pl.
Ax. 364b, Plu.Publ.6, etc.2 of the eyes, run, Arist.HA 620a5.3 of trees, exude gum, Thphr.Fr. 121;ἤλεκτρον δακρύειν Luc.Salt. 55
. -
16 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
17 πιστεύω
πιστεύω (Trag.+) impf. ἐπίστευον; 1 aor. ἐπίστευσα; pf. πεπίστευκα; plpf. πεπιστεύκειν Ac 14:23 (on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Pass.: fut. 3 pl. πιστευθήσονται Gen 42, 20; 1 aor. ἐπιστεύθην; pf. πεπίστευμαι (the word does not occur in Phlm, 2 Pt, 2 and 3J, Rv, MPol, or D. But it is a special favorite of J and 1J, where it is found 96 times and 9 times respectively; πίστις is not found in the gospel at all, and occurs in 1J only once, 5:4. Our lit. uses it quite predominantly in a transcendent sense, or at least w. transcendent coloring).① to consider someth. to be true and therefore worthy of one’s trust, believeⓐ believe (in) someth., be convinced of someth., w. that which one believes (in) indicatedα. by acc. of thing (Soph., Oed. Rex 646 τάδε; Aristot., Analyt. Pr. 2, 23, 68b, 13 ἅπαντα; PSI 494, 14 μηθέν; UPZ 70, 29 [152/151 B.C.] π. τὰ ἐνύπνια; ApcEsdr 7:12 p. 32, 26 τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο) ἡ ἀγάπη πάντα πιστεύει 1 Cor 13:7. πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην we believe in the love 1J 4:16. πιστεύεις τοῦτο; J 11:26b. Cp. Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5). Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τὸ μαρτύριον ἡμῶν our testimony was believed 2 Th 1:10b (cp. Aristot., EN 10, 2 p. 1172b, 15 ἐπιστεύοντο οἱ λόγοι; Gen 42:20).β. by means of a ὅτι-clause believe that (Plut., Mor. 210d; Aelian, VH 1, 16 p. 8, 9; Herm. Wr. 4, 4: Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24; PLond III, 897, 12 p. 207 [I A.D.]; Tob 10:8 S; Job 9:16; 15:31; 39:12; La 4:12; 4 Macc 7:19; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 18 [Stone p. 48]; ParJer 6:7; Just., A I, 18, 2 al.; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 16) μακαρία ἡ πιστεύσασα ὅτι ἔσται τελείωσις Lk 1:45 (ὅτι here may=for: s. ὅτι 4b).—Mk 11:23; cp. vs. 24; J 8:24 (ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι as Is 43:10); 11:27, 42; 13:19; 14:10; 16:27, 30; 17:8, 21; 20:31a; Ac 9:26; Ro 6:8; 10:9; 1 Th 4:14; Hb 11:6; Js 2:19a; 1J 5:1, 5; Hv 3, 8, 4; 4, 2, 4; m 1:1; 6, 2, 10b; Hs 2:5.—[ὅτι εἷς θεός] καὶ εἷς χριστός AcPl Ha 1, 17; AcPlCor 1:8. π. περί τινος ὅτι believe concerning someone that J 9:18 (M. Ant. 1, 15, 5 πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ=believe concerning whatever he might say, that it was what he actually thought; Just., D. 10, 1 π. ἡμῶν• ὅτι ἐσθίομεν ἀνθρώπους.—π. περί τινος as Plut., Lyc. 19, 4; Jos., Ant. 14, 267).γ. by the acc. and inf. (pres. Pla., Gorg. 524a; PTebt 314, 3 [II A.D.]; 4 Macc 5:25; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 160; Just., A I, 8, 2 al.; Ath. 20, 3) πιστεύω τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ac 8:37b.—GMary 463, 8.—IRo 10:2.—By the inf. (Thu 2, 22, 1; Job 15:22; AscIs 2:10 εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβῆναι) πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11 (difft. JNolland, NTS 27, ’80, 112f [inf. of result: ‘we believe (in order) to be saved’]).—By the acc. and ptc. ἐν σαρκὶ αὐτὸν πιστεύω ὄντα I believe that he was in the flesh ISm 3:1.δ. by means of the dat. of thing give credence to, believe (Aeschyl., Pers. 786 θεῶν θεσφάτοισιν; Soph., Phil. 1374 τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, El. 886; Pla., Phd. 88c, Leg. 7, 798d; Polyb. 5, 42, 9; 9, 33, 1; Herodian 7, 5, 5 ἐλπίδι κρείττονι; BGU 674, 6 τῷ λόγῳ; 2 Ch 9:6 τοῖς λόγοις; Ps 105:24; Pr 14:15; Sir 19:15; En 104:13 ταῖς βίβλοις; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 τοῖς κενοῖς λογισμοῖς, Virt. 68 the sayings of God; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 286, Ant. 10, 39 τ. λόγοις; Tat. 18, 2 ὕλης οἰκονομία; Ath. 30, 2 ταῖς γοναῖς τοῦ Διό; Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 4] ἡ ἐκκλησία … π. τούτοις [sc. κήρυγμα and πίστις]) οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου Lk 1:20 (cp. Iambl., ViPyth. 28, 148 περὶ θεῶν μηδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἀπιστεῖν ‘concerning the gods nothing is so marvelous that it should occasion unbelief’). τῇ γραφῇ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ J 2:22. Cp. 4:50; 5:47ab. τοῖς γεγραμμένοις Ac 24:14 (Diod S 16, 52, 7 πιστεύσαντες τοῖς γεγραμμένοις). τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cl 11:1 (Diod S 1, 53, 10 τῇ τοῦ προρρήσει πιστεύειν; 19, 90, 3). τῷ ψεύδει, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 2 Th 2:11, 12. τῇ καταλαλιᾷ Hm 2:2. τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν (Is 53:1; cp. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 14 π. ἀκοῇ πρεσβυτέρων) J 12:38; Ro 10:16; 1 Cl 16:3. τοῖς ἔργοις J 10:38b (=their testimony); Hm 6, 2, 10a (that they are good and must be followed).—Pass. ἐπιστεύθη τῷ λόγῳ μου they believed my word Hm 3:3.ε. w. prepositional expressions: εἰς Ro 4:18, if εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτόν here is dependent on ἐπίστευσεν. πιστεύειν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν believe in the witness 1J 5:10c. ὁ Χριστιανισμὸς οὐκ εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ἐπίστευσεν the Christian way of life/Christianity did not commit itself to the Judean way/Judaism (s. Hdb. ad loc.) I Mg 10:3a; cp. b (Χριστιανισμόν, εἰς ὸ̔ν πᾶσα γλῶσσα πιστεύσασα). On πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος s. 2aβ below. πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ believe in the gospel (so Ps 105:12 ἐπίστευσαν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. Rather in the sense ‘put one’s trust in’ Sir 32:21 μὴ πιστεύσῃς ἐν ὁδῷ ἀπροσκόπῳ. See B-D-F §187, 6; Rob. 540. ALoisy, Les Évangiles synopt. I 1907, 430; 434; comm.) Mk 1:15 (Hofmann understands it as ‘on the basis of’, Wohlenberg ‘bei’; Lohmeyer is undecided; Dssm. and Mlt. 67f ‘in the sphere of’; s. p. 235). ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ οὐ πιστεύω IPhld 8:2 (s. Bihlmeyer ad loc.).—ἐπί τινι: πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16).ⓑ w. the pers. to whom one gives credence or whom one believes, in the dat. (Demosth. 18, 10; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 14 p. 1390a, 32; Polyb. 15, 26, 6 τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Herodian 2, 1, 10; PHib 72, 18; POxy 898, 29; PTebt 418, 15; Ex 4:1, 5; 3 Km 10:7; 2 Ch 32:15; Tob 2:14; Jer 47:14; JosAs 13:10; Philo, Praem. 49; Just., A I, 33, 5, D 7, 2 al.) τοῖς θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they did not believe those who saw him after he was raised from the dead Mk 16:14. Cp. Mt 21:25, 32abc; Mk 11:31; 16:13; Lk 20:5; J 5:46a; Ac 8:12; 26:27a (τ. προφήταις as Jos., Ant. 11, 96); 1J 4:1; Hm 6, 1, 2ab.—Also of Jesus and God whom one believes, in that one accepts their disclosures without doubt or contradiction: Jesus: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 5:38, 46b; 6:30; 8:45, 46; 10:37, 38a. God: J 5:24; Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6), 17 κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ (= κατέναντι θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστευσεν); Gal 3:6; Js 2:23; 1 Cl 10:6 (all three Gen 15:6). ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ θεῷ ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1J 5:10b. AcPl Ha 3, 7.ⓒ w. pers. and thing added π. τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth. (X., Apol. 15 μηδὲ ταῦτα εἰκῇ πιστεύσητε τῷ θεῷ) Hm 6, 2, 6.—W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll. (ApcEsdr 4:35 p. 29, 12 Tdf.): πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11a. Cp. 4:21; Ac 27:25.ⓓ abs. (in which case the context supplies the obj., etc.; cp. ParJer 7:19 γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν) ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ• ἰδοὺ ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, μὴ πιστεύσητε do not believe (him or it [the statement]) Mt 24:23; cp. vs. 26; Mk 13:21; Lk 22:67; J 3:12ab; 10:25f; 12:47 v.l.; 14:29; 16:31; 19:35; 20:8, 25; cp. GJs 19:3. J 20:29ab πιστεύσαντες those who have nevertheless believed (it=the fact of the Resurrection); Ac 4:4; 26:27b; 1 Cor 11:18 πιστεύω I believe (it=that there are divisions among you); 15:11; Js 2:19b even the daemons believe this; Jd 5. Pass. καρδίᾳ πιστεύεται with (or in) the heart men believe (it=that Jesus was raised fr. the dead) Ro 10:10.ⓔ believe = let oneself be influenced κατά τινος against someone Pol 6:1.ⓕ πιστεύομαι I am believed, I enjoy confidence (X., An. 7, 6, 33; Diod S 5, 80, 4 τοῖς μάλιστα πιστευομένοις ἐπηκολουθήσαμεν; 17, 32, 1; 1 Km 27:12; Jos., Ant. 10, 114; PGM 12, 279 πιστευθήσῃ=you will be believed) of Eve παρθένος πιστεύεται people believe that she is a virgin Dg 12:8, or perh. a virgin is entrusted (to someone without fear). S. 3 below.② to entrust oneself to an entity in complete confidence, believe (in), trust, w. implication of total commitment to the one who is trusted. In our lit. God and Christ are objects of this type of faith that relies on their power and nearness to help, in addition to being convinced that their revelations or disclosures are true. The obj. isⓐ givenα. in the dat. (cp. Soph., Philoct. 1374 θεοῖς πιστ.; X., Mem. 1, 1, 5; Ps.-Pla., Epinom. 980c πιστεύσας τοῖς θεοῖς εὔχου; Ptolem. Lagi [300 B.C.]: 138 Fgm. 8 Jac.; Maximus Tyr. 3, 8k τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι; Epict., app. E, 10 p. 488 Sch. θεῷ; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 18 πῶς Διονύσῳ πιστεύσω; how can I trust D.?; UPZ 144, 12 [164 B.C.] τ. θεοῖς; Jdth 14:10; Wsd 16:26; 4 Macc 7:21 al. in LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 229 πιστεύειν θεῷ, Rer. Div. Her. 92 μόνῳ θεῷ, Op. M. 45, Sacr. Abel. 70 τῷ σωτήρι θεῷ, Abr. 269, Mos. 1, 225, Virt. 216 [on faith in Philo s. Bousset, Rel.3 446ff; EHatch, Essays in Biblical Gk. 1889, 83ff; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1908, 21925; HWindisch, Die Frömmigkeit Philos 1909, 23ff; HWolfson, Philo ’47 I, 143–56, esp. II, 215–18; WPeisker, D. Glaubensbegriff bei Philon, diss. ’36]; Jos., Ant. 2, 117; 333; 3, 309; 20, 48, Bell. 3, 387 [s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht des Jos. ’32, 104ff]; Just., A I, 18, 6 al.). Some of the passages referred to in 1b above, end, are repeated, since they may be classified here or there w. equal justification. Of God: π. τῷ θεῷ (Orig., C. Cels. 4, 89, 15) Ac 16:34; 13:12 D; Tit 3:8; PtK 4 p. 16, 2; B 16:7; Hm 12, 6, 2; Hs 5, 1, 5. Cp. m 1:2; AcPl Ha 10, 13f. τῷ κυρίῳ (Sir 11:21; 2:8) Hv 4, 2, 6. οἱ πιστεύσαντες τῷ κυρίῳ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 13, 5. τῷ θεῷ w. ὅτι foll. m 9:7; cp. Hs 1:7.—Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l. (for ἐπʼ αὐτόν); J 6:30 (σοί=vs. 29 εἰς ὸ̔ν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος); J 8:31 (αὐτῷ=vs. 30 εἰς αὐτόν, but see Mlt. 67f; JSwetnam argues for a plpf. sense here: Biblica 61, ’80, 106–9); Ac 5:14; 18:8a (both τῷ κυρίῳ); Ro 10:14b (οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν = τούτῳ [about equivalent to εἰς τοῦτον; cp. vs. 14a] οὗ οὐκ ἤκ.); 2 Ti 1:12; ITr 9:2; Hs 8, 3, 2.—Pass. be believed in (X., Cyr. 4, 2, 8; 6, 1, 39; Pla., Lach. 181b; Ps.-Demosth. 58, 44 al.; 1 Km 27:12; Just., D. 7, 3; Tat. 10, 2. S. B-D-F §312, 1; also s. Rob. 815f) ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Ti 3:16.—π. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ υἱοῦ believe in the name of the Son, i.e. believe in the Son and accept what his name proclaims him to be 1J 3:23.β. w. εἰς (cp. Hippol., Elench. 6, 19, 7 W. οἱ εἰς τὸν Σίμωνα καὶ τὴν Ἑλένην πεπιστευκότες; Just., D. 35, 8 al.) God (BGU 874, 11 π. εἰς τὸν θεόν): J 12:44b; 14:1a (cp. ET 21, 1910, 53–57; 68–70; 138f); 1 Pt 1:21 v.l.=Pol 2:1.—Christ: Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42; J 2:11; 3:15 v.l., 16, 18a, 36; 4:39; 6:29, 35, 40, 47 v.l.; 7:5, 31, 38f, 48; 8:30; 9:35f; 10:42; 11:25, 26a, 45, 48; 12:11, 36 (εἰς τὸ φῶς), 37, 42, 44a, 46; 14:1b, 12; 16:9; 17:20; Ac 10:43; 14:23; 18:8 D; 19:4; Ro 10:14a; Gal 2:16; Phil 1:29; 1 Pt 1:8; 1J 5:10a; AcPlCor 2:31; Hs 8, 3, 2.—εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ (or αὐτοῦ, etc.) J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18c; 1J 5:13 (s. ὄνομα 1dβ and s. 2aα above, end). π. εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ITr 2:1. π. εἰς τὸ αἷμα Χριστοῦ ISm 6:1.γ. w. ἐπί and dat., of God Ac 11:17 D. Of Christ: Mt 27:42 v.l.; J 3:15 v.l.; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16); 1 Ti 1:16.δ. w. ἐπί and acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 46, 1 al.) of God: Ac 16:34 D; Ro 4:5, 24; PtK 3 p. 15, 12. Of Christ: Mt 27:42; J 3:15 v.l.; Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19.ε. π. ἔν τινι believe in someone (Jer 12:6; Da 6:24 Theod.; Ps 77:22) is questionable in our lit.: in J 3:15 the best rdg. is ἐν αὐτῷ and is prob. to be construed w. ἔχῃ (in J πιστεύω usually takes the prep. εἰς when expressing the obj. of belief, as in 3:16); in Eph 1:13 both occurrences of ἐν ᾧ are prob. to be construed w. ἐσφραγίσθητε (=‘in connection with whom you have been sealed’ [cp. 4:30]); the acts of hearing and believing are coordinate, and πιστεύσαντες, along w. ἀκούσαντες, is used abs. (so REB; less clearly NRSV). But s. 1aε above: π. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Mk 1:15; IPhld 8:2.ⓑ not expressed at all (the abs. πιστεύειν in a transcendent sense: Aeschin., In Ctesiph. 1 ἐγὼ πεπιστευκὼς ἥκω πρῶτον τοῖς θεοῖς; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 1391b, 1ff; Plut., Mor. 170f; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 24 πιστεῦσαι δεῖ, ὅτι [=because] μόνη σωτηρία ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστροφή; Herm. Wr. 9, 10ab ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; cp. 1, 32 πιστεύω καὶ μαρτυρῶ=PapBerl 9795 [RReitzenstein, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, p. 161, 2]; Num 20:12; Ps 115:1; Is 7:9; Sir 2:13; 1 Macc 2:59; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 14; 101, Deus Imm. 4, Mut. Nom. 178; τότε πιστεύσεις θέλων καὶ μὴ θέλων Theoph. Ant. 1, 8 [p. 74, 7]) Mk 15:32; 16:16f; Lk 8:12f; J 1:7, 50; 3:15, 18b; 4:41f, 48, 53; 5:44; 6:36, 47, 64ab, perh. 69 (MEnslin, The Perf. Tense in the Fourth Gosp.: JBL 55, ’36, 121–31, esp. 128); 9:38; 10:26; 11:15, 40; 12:39; 20:31b; Ac 4:4; 8:13, 37a; 11:21; 13:12, 39, 48; 14:1; 15:5, 7; 17:12, 34; 18:8b, 27; 19:2; 21:25; Ro 1:16; 3:22; 4:11; 10:4; 13:11; 15:13; 1 Cor 1:21; 3:5; 15:2; Gal 3:22; Eph 1:13, 19; 1 Th 2:10, 13; Hb 4:3; 1 Pt 2:7; 1 Cl 12:7; 2 Cl 17:3; 20:2; B 9:3; B 11:11; ISm 3:2; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 17, 4; 9, 22, 3. τὸ πιστεύειν faith IMg 9:2. ἐν ἀγάπῃ πιστεύειν IPhld 9:2 (ἐν ἀγάπῃ is here used adv.).—Participles in the var. tenses are also used almost subst.: (οἱ) πιστεύοντες (the) believers, (the) Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 13, 34; Did., Gen. 106, 6) Ac 2:44; Ro 3:22; 1 Cor 14:22ab (opp. οἱ ἄπιστοι); 1 Th 1:7; Hs 8, 3, 3. (οἱ) πιστεύσαντες (those) who made their commitment = (those) who became believers, (the) Christians, Ac 2:44 v.l.; 4:32; 2 Th 1:10a; 2 Cl 2:3; Hs 9, 19, 1. οἱ πεπιστευκότες those who became (and remained) believers Ac 19:18; 21:20 (Just., D. 122, 2).—οἱ μέλλοντες πιστεύειν future believers 1 Cl 42:4; Hm 4, 3, 3a. οἱ νῦν πιστεύσαντες those who have just come to believe ibid. 4, 3, 3b.ⓒ A special kind of this faith is the confidence that God or Christ is in a position to help suppliants out of their distress, have confidence (some of the passages already mentioned might just as well be classified here) abs. ὡς ἐπίστευσας γενηθήτω σοι may it be done to you in accordance with the confidence you have Mt 8:13. ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε πιστεύοντες whatever you pray for with confidence 21:22. Cp. Mk 5:36; 9:23f; Lk 8:50; 2 Cor 4:13a (Ps 115:1), b. W. ὅτι foll.: πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι τοῦτο ποιῆσαι; do you have confidence that I am able to do this? Mt 9:28.—Mk 11:23.③ entrust τινί τι someth. to someone (X., Mem. 4, 4, 17; Plut., Mor. 519e; Athen. 8, 341a; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1; SIG2 845, 7, see for numerous other examples index VI p. 384b. Cp. Wsd 14:5; 1 Macc 8:16; 4 Macc 4:7; TestJob 11:11; Jos., Bell. 4, 492; Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 6) τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; Lk 16:11. αὐτῷ τοσούτων πιστευο̣μ̣έ̣ν̣ω̣ν̣ since so many (or so much) were ( was) entrusted to him AcPl Ha 7, 21 (connection uncertain). αὐτόν (so N. and Tdf.; v.l. ἑαυτόν) τινι trust oneself to someone (Brutus, Ep. 25; Plut., Mor. 181d ἀνδρὶ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῷ πιστεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὀχυρῷ τόπῳ=entrusting himself to a good man rather than to a stronghold; EpArist 270; Jos., Ant. 12, 396) J 2:24 (EStauffer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 281–99.—Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 39a οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσι φίλοις ἑαυτὸν ἐπίστευσεν=he did not trust himself to casual friends).—Pass. πιστεύομαί τι (B-D-F §159, 4) I am entrusted with someth. (Pla., Ep. 1, 309a; Polyb. 8, 17, 5; 31, 26, 7; Diod S 20, 19, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 136 §568 ἃ ἐπιστεύθην; ins; pap [e.g. PLond I, 121, 608 p. 203]; Jos., Bell. 5, 567, Vi. 137; Ath. 24, 3. Cp. Esth 8:12e.—Dssm., LO 320f [LAE 379]). ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:2. πεπίστευμαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον Gal 2:7 (PGM 13, 140 ὁ ὑπό σου πάντα πιστευθείς; 446); cp. 1 Th 2:4; 1 Ti 1:11.—Tit 1:3. οἰκονομίαν πεπίστευμαι 1 Cor 9:17; cp. Dg 7:1. S. also 7:2; IMg 6:1; IPhld 9:1ab. πιστεύομαί τι παρά τινος I am entrusted by someone with someth. (Polyb. 3, 69, 1; Jos., Bell. 1, 667): οἱ πιστευθέντες παρὰ θεοῦ ἔργον τοιοῦτο 1 Cl 43:1.④ be confident about, a unique use found in ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, someth. like the one is confident about eating anything Ro 14:2 (a combination of two ideas: ‘the pers. is so strong in the faith’ and: ‘the pers. is convinced that it is permissible to eat anything’; in brief: not cultically fussy. See Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but also B-D-F §397, 2). Another probability is the sense⑤ think/consider (possible), in Ro 14:2 perh. holds everything possible; cp. J 9:18 οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν they refused to entertain the possibility, and Ac 9:26. S. 4 above.—For lit. s. πίστις, end. DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
18 ἀραρίσκω
A join, fit together), only [tense] impf.ἀράρισκε Od.14.23
, Theoc.25.103: the tenses in use (from Αρω) are mostly poet., v. infr.A trans.:—[dialect] Ion. [tense] aor. 1ἦρσα Il.14.167
([etym.] ἐπ-), [dialect] Ep.ἄρσα Od.21.45
, imper.ἄρσον 2.289
, pl.ἄρσετε A.R.2.1062
, part.ἄρσας Il.1.136
(also inf. ἀράραι· ἁρμόσαι, πλέξαι, Hsch.): [tense] aor. 2 ἤρᾰρον, [dialect] Ion. ἄρᾰρον, inf. ἀρᾰρεῖν, part. ἀρᾰρών (but ἄρᾰρον is used intr. in Il.16.214, Od.4.777, Simon.41; while for ἄρηρεν, in trans. sense (Od.5.248), ἄρασσεν is the true reading;ἐς οὐρανὸν ἤραρεν ὄσσε Orph.A. 984
is by confusion with αἴρω:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.ἄρσομαι Lyc.995
acc. to Sch. (possibly fr. αἴρω): [tense] aor. I ἠρσάμην, part. : [ per.] 3pl. [tense] aor. 2 opt. (in pass. sense)ἀραροίατο A.R.1.369
: [tense] pf. subj. ([etym.] προς-):—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. part. ἀρηρεμένος or- έμενος A.R.3.833
, al.; later incorrectly writtenἀρηράμενος Q.S.2.265
, Opp.C.2.384, etc.: [tense] aor. I ἤρθην, only [ per.] 3pl. ἄρθεν, for ἤρθησαν, Il.16.211:—join together, fasten, οἱ δ' ἐπεὶ ἀλλήλους ἄραρον βόεσσι when they had knitted themselves one to another with their shields, Il.12.105 (in [voice] Pass.,μᾶλλον δὲ στίχες ἄρθεν 16.211
); pack up,Od.
2.289.II fit together, construct,ὅτε τοῖχον ἀνὴρ ἀράρῃ πυκινοῖσι λίθοισιν Il.16.212
:—[voice] Med.,ἀρσάμενος παλάμῃσι Hes. Sc. 320
.III fit, equip, furnish with a thing,νῆ' ἄρσας ἐρέτῃσιν 1.280
; καὶ πώμασιν ἄρσον ἅπαντας fit all [the jars] with covers, 2.353, cf. A.R.2.1062; καὶ ἤραρε θυμὸν ἐδωδῇ furnished, i.e. satisfied, his heart with food, Od.5.95:—in [voice] Pass., esp. [tense] pf. part., fitted, furnished with,πύλας ἀρηρεμένας σανίδεσσι A.R.1.787
.B intr.:—[tense] pf. ἄρᾱρα with [tense] pres. sense, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. ἄρηρα, part. ἀρᾱρώς, ἀρηρώς, Hom., Trag., and late Prose (except that X. hasπροσαραρέναι HG4.7.6
), [dialect] Ep. fem. part. , and metri gr.ἀρᾰρυῖα Hom.
,εὖ ἀρᾰρός Opp.H.3.367
: [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. [tense] plpf. ἀρήρειν or ἠρήρειν, with [tense] impf. sense, Il.10.265, 12.56, etc.:— [voice] Med. only [tense] aor. 2 part. sync. ἄρμενος, η, ον, also ος, ον Hes.Op. 786 (cf. however ἀρηρεμένος): on [tense] aor. 2 used intr. v. supr.A.1:—to be joined closely together, in close order,Il.
13.800; ; ἑξείης ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες [πίθοι] piled close against the wall, Od.2.342: c. dat. instr.,κόλλῃσιν ἀρηρότα Emp.96.4
; in Tactics, ἀραρός, τό, = ὀμφαλός (q. v.), Ascl.Tact.2.6, etc.2 abs., to be fixed,φρεσὶν ᾗσιν ἀρηρώς Il.10.553
;θυμὸς ἀρηρώς Theoc.25.113
; shines for ever,Pi.
N.3.64; is fixed,A.
Pr.60: or metaph.,θεῶν.. οὐκέτι πίστις ἄραρε E.Med. 414
(lyr.); ὡς ταῦτ' ἄραρε ib. 322; τὸ σόν τ' ἄραρε is fixed, ib. 745: abs., it is fixed, my mind is made up,Id.
Or. 1330, Men.Epit. 185; steadfastness,J.
AJ14.12.3;δόγματα ἀραρότα D.Chr.12.56
; also of persons, steadfast,Plu.
Dio32; [θεοὶ] ἀραρότες τοῖς κρίμασιν Hierocl.p.48 A.;τοῖς λογισμοῖς ἀ. Id.p.51
A.II fit well or closely, ζωστὴρ ἀρηρώς a close-fitting belt, Il.4.134; πύλαι εὖ, στιβαρῶς ἀραρυῖαι, 7.339, 12.454;σανίδες πυκινῶς ἀ. 21.535
; fit or be fitted to a thing, ἔγχος παλάμηφιν ἀρήρει fitted the hands, Od.17.4; κόρυθα κροτάφοις ἀραρυῖαν, κνημῖδες ἐπισφυρίοις ἀραρυῖαι, Il.13.188, 19.370; κυνέη ἑκατὸν πολίων πρυλέεσσ' ἀραρυῖα fitting a hundred champions, i.e. large enough for them, 5.744; also with Preps.,κυνέη ἐπὶ κροτάφοις ἀραρυῖα Od.18.378
, Hes.Sc. 137;ὄφρ' ἂν.. δούρατ' ἐν ἁρμονίῃσιν ἀρήρῃ Od.5.361
; κεραυνὸς ἐν κράτει ἀ. fit emblem in victory, Pi.O.10(11).83; ἀνθρώποισιν ἀρηρότα μυθίζεσθαι befitting men, Orph.A. 191.III to be fitted, furnished with a thing, [τάφρος] σκολόπεσσιν ὀξέσιν ἠρήρει Il.12.56
;πόλις πύργοις ἀραρυῖα 15.737
;ζώνη θυσάνοις ἀραρυῖα 14.181
: hence, furnished, endowed with,χαρίτεσσιν ἀραρώς Pi.I.2.19
;ἔθνεα θνητῶν παντοίαις ἰδέῃσιν ἀρηρότα Emp.35.17
;κάλλει ἀραρώς E.El. 948
;πολλῇσιν ἐπωνυμίῃσιν ἀρηρώς D.P.28
.IV to be fitting, agreeable, pleasing, (cf. ἀρέσκω ) once in Hom., ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ἤραρεν ἡμῖν it fitted our temper well, Od.4.777;ἄκοιτιν ἀρηρυῖαν πραπίδεσσι Hes. Th. 608
.V syncop. [tense] aor. 2 part. [voice] Med. ἄρμενος, η, on (ος, ον Id.Op. 786), fitting, fitted or suited to (cf. ἀρμένως), c. dat., ἱστὸν.. καὶ ἐπίκριον ἄρμενον αὐτῷ fitted or fastened to the mast, Od.5.254 (cf. ἄρμενα, τά);τροχὸν ἄρμενον ἐν παλάμῃσιν Il.18.600
;πέλεκυν.. ἄ. ἐν π. Od.5.234
.2 fit, meet,μάλα γάρ νύ οἱ ἄρμενα εἶπεν Hes.Sc. 116
: rarely c. inf., ἡμέρα κούρῃσι γενέσθαι ἄρμενος a day meet for girls to be born, Id.Op. 786.3 prepared, ready, χρήματα δ' εἰν οἴκῳ πάντ' ἄ. ποιήσασθαι ib. 407;ἄ. πάντα παρεῖχον Id.Sc.84
, cf. Thgn.275;ἄ. ἐς τόδε ἔργον A.R.4.1461
;ἄ. ἐς πόλεμόν τε καὶ ἐν νήεσσι μάχεσθαι Hermonax 1.3
, cf. 8.4 agreeable, welcome, ἄρμενα πράξαις, = εὖ πράξας, Pi.O.8.73;ἐν ἀρμένοις θυμὸν αὔξων Id.N.3.58
; so of men,ἄ. ξείνοισιν Pl.Epigr.6
. (Cf. Lat. arma, armus, artus, Goth. arms, etc.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀραρίσκω
-
19 ὁράω
ὁράω, [var] contr. [full] ὁρῶ even in Il.3.234, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὁρόω 5.244, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄρημι (q. v.); [dialect] Ion. [full] ὁρέω Hdt.1.80, etc., [ per.] 2sg.Aὁρῇς Herod.2.67
, al., [ per.] 3sg.ὁρῇ Hp.Carn.17
, Vid.Ac.I; inf.ὁρῆν Democr.11
, Hp.Carn.2 (but [ per.] 2sg.ὁρᾷς Archil.87
, [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾷ Semon.7.80
, cf.κατορᾷ Hdt.2.38
; [ per.] 1pl.ὁρῶμεν Id.5.40
; [ per.] 3pl. ὁρῶσι ([etym.] ἐπ-) Id.1.124; inf. ὁρᾶν ib.33, 2.64): the forms ὁρῇς, ὁρῇ, ὁρῆν (exc. when found in [dialect] Dor., as IG42(1).122.2, 15,47 (Epid., iv B. C.); [tense] impf. [ per.] 3sg. ἑώρη ib.28,70) seem to imply ὁρή-ω (cf. ὄρημι), but ὁρᾷ, ὁρῶμεν, ὁρῶσι, etc. imply ὁρᾰ-ω: [dialect] Att. [tense] impf.ἑώρων Th.1.51
, Ar.Pl. 713, Nu. 354, ([etym.] ἐ-) SIG344.110 (Teos, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ὥρα Hdt.1.11
, 3.72, [ per.] 1pl. ὡρῶμεν (v.l. ὁρῶμεν) Id.2.131,[ per.] 2pl.ὡρᾶτε Id.7.8
.β', [ per.] 3pl.ὥρων Id.4.3
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὅρα Il.16.646
, cf. ὄρημι: [tense] pf. ἑόρᾱκα, a form required by the metre in many passages, as Ar.Th. 32, 33, Av. 1573, Pl.98, 1045, Eup.181.3, Alex.272.1, Men.Epit. 166, Pk. 270, Bato 5.11, etc., whereas the metre never requires ἑώρακα; whence ἑόρακα, -άκη ought always to be restored in early [dialect] Att. writers, though ἑώρακα was used in later Gr., PPetr.2p.55 (iii B. C.), SIG685.74 (ii B. C.), UPZ119.43 (ii B. C.), cf. Theognost.Can. 150 (ἑώρακε<ν> is prob. in Men.5 D.): ἑωρ- in the [tense] impf. prob. comes from ἠ- ϝορ- (with a long form of the augment, cf. ἠειδ- ([etym.] ᾐδ- ) in [tense] impf. of οἶδα, while ἑορ- in the [tense] pf. comes from ϝε-ϝορ-, v. infr.: [dialect] Ion. [tense] pf.ὁρώρηκα Herod.4.77
, al., also ὥρηκα ib.40 ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. part.ὡρακυῖα IG42(1).122.6
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ὥρακα Baillet Inscr. destombeaux des rois 1210: an [tense] aor. 1 ἐσορήσαις only f.l. in Orph.Fr.247.16:—[voice] Med. ὁράομαι, [var] contr. ὁρῶμαι even in Il.13.99 ; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὅρηαι Od.14.343
(v. ὄρημι): [tense] impf. ἑωρώμην, also ὡρώμην ([etym.] προ-) Act.Ap.2.25, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.ὁρᾶτο Il.1.56
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.ἑώραμαι Isoc.15.110
, D.54.16 : [tense] aor. ἑωράθην only in late Prose, D.S.20.6 ; inf. , Pl.Def. 411b, Luc.Jud.Voc. 6, etc.: [tense] fut.ὁραθήσομαι Gal.UP10.12
: verb. Adj. ὁρᾱτός, ὁρᾱτέον (qq. v.).—Hom. uses [var] contr. forms, as ὁρῶ, ὁρᾷς, ὁρᾷ, ὅρα, ὁρᾶν, ὁρῶν, ὁρῶμαι, ὁρᾶται, ὁρᾶσθαι, ὁρώμενος, as well as lengthd. [dialect] Ep. ὁρόω, ὁράᾳς, ὁράασθαι, ὁρόων, [ per.] 2pl. opt.ὁρόῳτε Il.4.347
, etc. ; besides these forms from ὁρα- ([etym.] ὁρη- ) we haveII from root ὀπ- (v. ὄψ ) the only [tense] fut. in use, ὄψομαι, always in act. sense, Il.24.704, and [dialect] Att., [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.ὄψεαι 8.471
, Od.24.511: a rare [tense] aor. 1 ἐπ-όψατο in Pi.Fr.88.6 (for ἐπιώψατο, v. ἐπιόψομαι); subj.ὄψησθε Ev.Luc.13.28
(where the v.l. ὄψεσθε may be right): [tense] pf.ὄπωπα Il.6.124
, Od.21.94, Emp.109, Hdt. 3.37,63, Hp.Art.1, Carn.17; Trag. and Com., as A.Eu.57, S.Ant.6, al., Ar.Lys. 1157, 1225, never in [dialect] Att. Prose: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg.ὀπώπει Od.21.123
,ὀπώπεε Hdt.5.92
.ζ';ὀπώπεσαν Id.7.125
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 ὤφθην S.Ant. 709, E.Hec. 970, Th.4.73, etc. ; opt. ([dialect] Ion.)ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
; part. ὀφθείς, inf. ὀφθῆναι, Id.1.9,10 (for ἐπι-οφθέντας, v. ἐπιόψομαι): [tense] fut. , E.HF 1155, And.2.10, Lys.3.34 : [tense] pf. ,ὦψαι D.18.263
, , D.24.66; cf. ὀπτέον.III from ϝιδ- are formed [tense] aor. [voice] Act. εἶδον, inf. ἰδεῖν : [tense] aor. [voice] Med. εἰδόμην, inf. ἰδέσθαι : [tense] pf. with [tense] pres. sense οἶδα I know, inf. εἰδέναι : verb. Adj. ἰστέος (for these tenses, v. Εἴδω). ( ὁρ- prob. from ϝορ-, as indicated by the [tense] impf. and [tense] pf. forms ; cf. βῶροι (i.e. ϝῶροι), Engl. (a)ware.)0-0Senses:I abs., see, look, freq. in Hom.; εἴς τι or εἴς τινα to or at a thing or person, Il.24.633, Od.20.373, al., E.Fr. 607 ;εἰς τὸν πράττοντα Arist.Po. 1460a14
:—[voice] Med., Od.5.439, Hes.Op. 534, Fr. 188 ; but ἔς τινα ὁρᾶν to be of so-and-so's party, Philostr.VS1.18 ; εἰς τὴν Ἀττάλου καθαίρεσιν εἶδεν aimed at.., Zos.6.12 ; forκατ' αὐτοὺς αἰὲν ὅρα Il.16.646
,Τροίην κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁρᾶται 24.291
, cf.καθοράω 11
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον looking over the sea, 1.350 ; ὁρᾶν πρός τι look towards,ἀκρωτήριον τὸ πρὸς Μέγαρα ὁρῶν Th.2.93
, cf. AP7.496 (Simon., cj.) ; πρὸς πλοῦν ὁρᾷ looks to sail (i.e. is ready), E.IA[1624];ὁ. ἐπὶ τὴν προδοσίαν D.S.36.3
;πρὸς σπονδάς Id.33.1
.2 have sight, opp. μὴ ὁρᾶν, to be blind, S.Aj.84 ; ὅσ' ἂν λέγωμεν, πάνθ' ὁρῶντα λέξομεν [though I am blind,] my words shall have eyes, i.e. shall be to the purpose, Id.OC74 ; ἐν σκότῳ.. οὓς μὲν οὐκ ἔδει ὀψοίαθ', i.e. should be blind, Id.OT 1274; ἀμβλύτερον ὁ., opp. ὀξύτερον βλέπειν, Pl.R. 596a ; ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁ. to be short-sighted, Id.Tht. 174e;ὁ. βραχύ τι Id.R. 488b
.3 see to, look to, i.e. take or give heed, Il.10.239 ; ὁ. εἰς γλῶσσαν.. ἀνδρός look to, pay heed to, Sol.11.7, cf. A.Supp. 104 (lyr.): freq. in imper., like βλέπε, folld. by a dependent clause,ὅρα ὅπως.. Ar.Ec. 300
, cf.Th.5.27; ὅρα εἰ.. see whether.., A.Pr. 997, Pl.Phd. 118, etc.; alsoὅρα μὴ.. S.Ph. 30
, 519, etc.; ὅρα τί ποιεῖς ib. 589 ;πῶς.. ὑπερδικεῖς, ὅρα A.Eu. 652
.4 ὁρᾷς; ὁρᾶτε; see'st thou? d'ye see? parenthetically, esp. in explanations, Ar.Nu. 355, Th. 490, etc.; , Tr. 365 ; also ὁρᾷς; at the beginning of a sentence, Id.El. 628, E.Andr.87 ; ἀλλ'—ὁρᾷς; but, do you see.. ?, Pl.Prt. 336b;ὁρᾷς οὖν.. ὅτι Id.Grg. 475e
; οὐχ ὁρᾷς; ironically, D.18.232.5 c. acc. cogn., like βλέπω 11, look so and so,δεινὸν ὁρῶν ὄσσοισι Hes.Sc. 426
;ὁρᾶν ἀλκάν Pi.O.9.111
;ἔαρ ὁρόωσα Νύχεια Theoc.13.45
; also ἡδέως ὁρᾶν look pleasant, E.IA 1122: c. acc.,κακῶς ὁρᾶν τινα Philostr.VA7.42
.II trans., see an object, behold, perceive, observe, c. acc., freq. in Hom., etc.: [tense] pf. ὄπωπα exclusively in this sense, Il.2.799, Od.21.94, etc. ; ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὁρᾶν to see with or before the eyes, Il.24.392, Od.8.459, etc. ; αἰεὶ τέρμ' ὁρόων always keeping it in sight, keeping his eye on it, Il.23.323 ; φίλως χ' ὁρόῳτε καὶ εἰ δέκα πύργοι Ἀχαιῶν.. μαχοίατο, i.e. δέκα πύργους, εἰ μαχοίατο, 4.347 ; ὁ. τινά look to (for aid), D.45.64 : in signfs. 1 and 11 combined, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὁρῶν τάδε; A.Ag. 1623, cf. D.25.89.b ζώει καὶ ὁρᾷ φάος ἠελίοιο, poet. for ζῆν, like βλέπειν, Il.18.61, Od.4.833, etc.; so , E.Or. 1523, Alc. 691:— in [voice] Med.,φέγγος ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Andr. 113
(eleg.); so ὁρᾶν alone,τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος Id.Supp.78
(lyr.).c folld. by a clause, οὐχ ὁράᾳς οἷος.. ; Il.21.108 ; ὁρᾷς ἡμᾶς, ὅσοι ἐσμέν; Pl.R. 327c ; οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἥμαρτες; A.Pr. 261, cf. 325, 951 ; Διὸς.. οὐχ ὁρῶ μῆτιν ὅπᾳ φύγοιμ' ἄν ib. 906 (lyr.); ἴδεσθέ μ' οἷα.. πάσχω ib.92.d c. part., καπνὸν.. ὁρῶμεν ἀπὸ χθονὸς ἀΐσσοντα we see it rising, Od.10.99; ὁρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὧδε προυσελούμενον seeing myself thus insulted, A.Pr. 438, cf. 70, 384, al.; ὁρῶ σε κρύπτοντα.. see you hiding.., E.Hec. 342 ; so ὁρῶ μ' ἔργον ἐξειργασμένην I see that I have done, S.Tr. 706 ; cf. infr. 4b ; rarely in reference to the subject, ὁρῶ μὲν ἐξαμαρτάνων (= ὅτι ἐξαμαρτάνω) E.Med. 350:—so in [voice] Med.,ἄνδρα διωκόμενον.. ὁρῶμαι Il.22.169
, cf. A.Pr. 896 (lyr.): also c. inf.,ἑώρων οὐκέτι οἷόν τε εἶναι.. Th.8.60
.e rarely c. gen., οὐδεὶς Σωκράτους οὐδὲν ἀσεβὲς.. οὔτε πράττοντος εἶδεν οὔτε λέγοντος ἤκουσεν (where the Constr. is suggested by the use of ἤκουσεν) X.Mem.1.1.11 ;μέχρι βορῆος ἀπαστράψαντος ἴδηαι Arat. 430
.2 see to,ἴδε πῶμα Od.8.443
; look out for, provide, (anap.), Theoc.15.2 ;πρόβατον εἰς ὁλοκάρπωσιν LXX Ge.22.8
.3 the inf. is used after an Adj.,δεινὸς ἰδεῖν Sol.13.6
;εὐφεγγὴς ἰδεῖν A. Pers. 387
, cf. 398, Ch. 174, 176, al. (cf.Εἴδω A.1.1
a) ; ἐχθίστου.. ὁρᾶν most hateful to behold, S.Aj. 818 ;ὦ πάτερ δύσμοιρ' ὁρᾶν Id.OC 327
;ὁρᾶν στυγνὸς ἦν X.An.2.6.9
:—[voice] Med. or [voice] Pass.,αἰσχρὸς ὁρᾶσθαι Id.Cyn. 3.3
: with an Adv.,μὴ διχορρόπως ἰδεῖν A.Ag. 349
: with a Subst.,ἄνδρα τευχηστὴν ἰδεῖν Id.Th. 644
: with a Verb,πρέπουσι.. ἰδεῖν Id.Supp. 720
, cf. S.OT 792.4 [voice] Med. is used by Poets like [voice] Act., Il.13.99, A.Pers. 179, Ch. 407 (lyr.), S.Ant. 594 (lyr.), Tr. 306, Cratin.138, etc., v. supr. 11.1 b, c: but in Prose [voice] Med. occurs only in compds., as προ-ορῶμαι: for the imper. ἰδοῦ, ἰδού, v. ἰδοῦ.b no [voice] Pass. is used by Hom.; in [dialect] Att. the [voice] Pass. has the sense to be seen, A.Pr. 998,Eu. 411, etc.: c. part., ὤφθημεν ὄντες ἄθλιοι was seen in my wretchedness, E. IT 933 ; he will prove to be..,Pl.
Phdr. 239c, cf. Smp. 178e; τὰ ὁρώμενα all that is seen, things visible, like τὰ ὁρατά, Id.Prm. 130a.III metaph., of mental sight, discern, perceive, S.El. 945, etc.; so blind Oedipus says, φωνῇ γὰρ ὁρῶ, τὸ φατιζόμενον I see by sound, as the saying is, Id.OC 138 (anap.);ἂν οἴνου.. ὀσμὴν ἴδωσιν Alex.222.4
; cf. supr. 1.4,δέρκομαι 1.2
.IV abs., see visions,ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν LXX Nu.24.3
,15 :—[voice] Pass., appear in a vision, ὤφθη ἄγγελος πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα ib.Jd.13.3.V interview, ἐμνήσθης μοι ἰδεῖν τὸν κεραμέα περὶ τῶν κεραμίων you told me to see the potter about the jars, PCair.Zen. 264 (iii B.C.). -
20 ἐργάζομαι
A- άσομαι Thgn.1116
, etc., [dialect] Dor.ἐργαξοῦμαι Theoc.10.23
,ἐργῶμαι PCair.Zen.107.4
(iii B. C.), LXX Ge.29.27, al., IG7.3073.12 (Lebad., ii B. C. ) (but Hsch. ἐργᾷ· ἐργάζει): [tense] aor. εἰργασάμην, [dialect] Ion.ἐργ- Hdt.2.115
, A.Th. 845 (lyr.), etc., [ per.] 3pl. opt.ἐργασαίατο Ar.Av. 1147
, Lys.42 ; [dialect] Dor. M (Delph., iv B. C.): [tense] pf. εἴργασμαι, [dialect] Ion.ἔργ- Hdt.2.121
.έ, A.Fr. 311, etc.—These tenses are used both in [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass. signfs.: for other [voice] Pass. tenses, v. infr. 111:—[dialect] Att. Inscrr. of cent. iv have ἠργαζόμην, ἠργασάμην, ([etym.] ἐξ-) IG22.1585.11, 1669.10, al., but εἴργασμαι ib.1666 A27 ; so also ἠργάσατο ib.7.424 (Oropus, iv B. C.), εἰργασμένος ib.3073.51 (Lebad., ii B. C.),ἐξήργασατο UPZ19.8
(ii B. C.),εἴργασμαι PCair.Zen.146.3
(iii B. C.); but this rule is often broken in later Pap., Inscrr., and codd.:—work, labour, esp. of husbandry, Hes.Op. 299, 309, Th.2.72, etc.; but also of all manual labour, of slaves,ἐ. ἀνάγκῃ Od.14.272
; of quarrymen, Hdt.2.124, etc.;τὴν οὐσίαν οὐ δικαζόμενον ἀλλ' ἐργαζόμενον κεκτημένον Antipho 2.2.12
; ἐ. ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις in the mines, D.42.31 : c. dat. instr., χαλκῷ with brass, Hes.Op. 151 ; also of animals,βοῦς ἐργάτης ἐργάζεται S. Fr. 563
; of birds working to get food, Arist.HA 616b35 ; of bees, ib. 625b22 ; of Hephaestus' self-acting bellows, Il.18.469 ; τὸ χρῆμ' ἐργάζεται the matter works, i.e. goes on, Ar.Ec. 148 ; produces an effect,Thphr.
CP5.12.7 ; οὐχ ὁμοίως ἐργάσεται τὸ θερμόν ib.6.18.11.II trans., work at, make, ἔργα κλυτά, of Athena, Od. 20.72, cf. 22.422 ; ἀγάλματα, ὕμνους, Pi.N.5.1,I.2.46 ; τρίποδα, Νίκην, SIG34 (Delph., v B. C.); ;οἰκοδόμημα Th.2.76
; εἰκόνας, ἀνδριάντας, καλὰ ἔργα, Pl.Cra. 431c, X.Mem.2.6.6, Pl.Men. 91d ; κηρόν, σχαδόνας, of bees, Arist.HA 627a6,30 ;μέλι Sor.Vit. Hippocr.11
; make so and so,ξηρὸν ἐ. τινά Luc.DMar.11.2
;μέγαν Ael.VH3.1
.2 do, perform,ἔργα ἀεικέα Il.24.733
; ἔργον ἐπ' ἔργῳ ἐ., of husbandmen, Hes.Op. 382, cf. 397 ;ἐργασίας ἐ. Arist.EN 1121b33
, cf. X.Oec.7.20 ; ἐναίσιμα, φίλα ἐ., Od.17.321, 24.210 ; ;περὶ θεοὺς ἄδικον μηδέν Id.Grg. 522d
; ἐ. πρᾶγμα, opp. βουλεύειν, S.Ant. 267, cf. OT 347 ;τὸ ἔργον Κυρίου 1 Ep.Cor.16.10
: c. dupl. acc., do something to..,τά περ νῦν ἐ. [ὁ ἥλιος] τὸν Νεῖλον Hdt.2.26
, etc.; chiefly in bad sense, do one ill, do one a shrewd turn,κακὰ ἐργάζεσθαί τινα S.Ph. 786
, Th.1.137, etc.; so οἷά μ' εἰργάσω, τί μ' ἐργάσει; S.Ph. 928, 1172 (lyr.), etc.;μὴ δῆτα τοῦτό μ' ἐργάσῃ Id.El. 1206
;αἴσχιστα ἐ. τινά Ar.V. 787
; less freq.,ἀγαθὰ ἐ. τινά Hdt.8.79
, cf. Th.3.52, Pl.Cri. 53a ;πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Id.Phdr. 244b
; seldom ;οἷν ἐμοὶ δυοῖν ἔργ' ἐστὶ κρείσσον' ἀγχόνης εἰργασμένα S.OT 1374
.c in Law, ζημίαν ἐ. do damage, Is.6.20, cf. Hyp.Ath.22.3 work a material,ὅπλα..οἷσίν τε χρυσὸν ἐργάζετο Od.3.435
; ἐ. γῆν till the land, Hdt.1.17, etc.;ἐ. [ἀγροὺς] ἐργάταις X.Cyr.1.6.11
;γῆν καὶ ξύλα καὶ λίθους Id.HG3.3.7
; [ ἀργυρῖτιν] Docum. ap. D.37.28 ; ἐ. θάλασσαν, of traders, D.H.3.46 ; γλαυκὴν ἐ., of fishers, Hes.Th. 440.4 earn by working,χρήματα Hdt.1.24
, Ar.Eq. 840, etc.;καινὸν βίον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου And.1.144
, cf. Hes.Op.43 ;ἀργύριον ἀπὸ σοφίας Pl.Hp.Ma. 282d
;μισθοῦ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια X.Mem.2.8.2
.5 work at, practise, μουσικήν, τέχνας, etc., Pl.Phd. 60e, R. 374a, etc.;ἐπιστήμας X.Oec.1.7
; ἀρετὴν καὶ σωφροσύνην v.l. in Isoc.13.6 ; δικαιοσύνην, ἀνομίαν, Act.Ap.10.35, Ev.Matt.7.23.6 abs., work at a trade or business, traffic, trade,ἐν [γναφείῳ] Lys.23.2
;ἐν ἐμπορίῳ καὶ χρήμασιν D.36.44
;ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Id.57.31
(also οἱ τὴν τετράγωνον (sc. ἀγοράν) ἐργαζόμενοι those who trade in the square, BCH8.126 (cf. Glotta14.73));κατὰ θάλατταν D.56.48
; τούτοις..ναυτικοῖς ἐ. trade with this money on bottomry, Id.33.4 ;δὶς ἢ τρὶς ἐ. τῷ αὐτῷ ἀργυρίῳ Id.56.30
; ταῦτα ἐ. thus he trades, Id.25.82 ; traders,Id.
34.51 ; οἱ ἐν Δήλῳ ἐ., = Lat. qui Deli negotiantur, CIG2285b ; esp. of courtesans, σώματι ἐ., Lat. quaestum corpore facere, D.59.20 ;ἐπὶ τέγους ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος Plb.12.13.2
; ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας Alexis Sam. ap. Ath.13.572f, Plu.Tim.14.III [voice] Pass., rarely in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., D.H.8.87 ([etym.] ἐξ-), Hyp.Eux.35 : [tense] fut.ἐργασθήσομαι S.Tr. 1218
, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Isoc.Ep.6.8 : [tense] pf. εἴργασμαι (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1 , Thphr.HP6.3.2, etc.1 to be made or built,ἔργαστο τὸ τεῖχος Hdt.1.179
;ἐκ πέτρας εἰργασμένος A.Pr. 244
;οἰκοδόμημα διὰ ταχέων εἰργ. Th.4.8
; λίθοι εἰργ. wrought stones, Id.1.93 ;γῆ εἰργ. X.Oec.19.8
;θώρακας εὖ εἰργ. Id.Mem.3.10.9
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐργάζομαι
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Gender-neutrality in languages with grammatical gender — implies promoting language usage which is balanced in its treatment of the genders. For example, advocates of gender neutral language challenge the traditional use of masculine nouns and pronouns ( man , businessman , he , and so on) when… … Wikipedia
To have to do with — Have Have (h[a^]v), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Had} (h[a^]d); p. pr. & vb. n. {Having}. Indic. present, I {have}, thou {hast}, he {has}; we, ye, they {have}.] [OE. haven, habben, AS. habben (imperf. h[ae]fde, p. p. geh[ae]fd); akin to OS. hebbian, D.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Lithuanian grammar — is the study of rules governing the use of the Lithuanian language. Lithuanian grammar retains many archaic features from Proto Indo European that have been lost in other Indo European languages. It has extremely complex morphology; words have… … Wikipedia
since — 1 conjunction (used with the present perfect and the past perfect tenses) 1 at a time after a particular time or event in the past: In the 12 months since I last wrote to you a lot has happened to me. | I can t have seen him since 1983. | It s… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
American and British English differences — For the Wikipedia editing policy on use of regional variants in Wikipedia, see Wikipedia:Manual of style#National varieties of English. This is one of a series of articles about the differences between British English and American English, which … Wikipedia
Cornish language — For the Anglo Cornish accent and dialect, see Anglo Cornish. Cornish Kernowek, Kernewek Pronunciation [kərˈnuːək] Spoken in … Wikipedia
Isan language — For the Papuan language, see Finisterre languages. Isan ภาษาอีสาน phasa isan, ภาษาลาว Spoken in Thailand Region Isan Native speakers 20 million (2004) … Wikipedia
HEBREW LANGUAGE — This entry is arranged according to the following scheme: pre biblical biblical the dead sea scrolls mishnaic medieval modern period A detailed table of contents precedes each section. PRE BIBLICAL nature of the evidence the sources phonology… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Spanish verbs — are one of the most complex areas of Spanish grammar. Spanish is a synthetic language with a moderate to high degree of inflection which shows up mostly in the verb conjugation.The Spanish verb system is separated into 14 distinct tenses (tense… … Wikipedia
Bulgarian language — Not to be confused with Bulgar language. Bulgarian Български език Bălgarski ezik Spoken in Bulgaria, Turkey, Serbia, Greece, Ukraine, Moldova, Romania, Albania, Kosovo, Repub … Wikipedia
Ancient Greek grammar — is morphologically complex and preserves several features of Proto Indo European morphology. Nouns, adjectives, pronouns, articles, numerals and especially verbs are all highly inflected. This article is an introduction to this morphological… … Wikipedia
